Nokia 6131 User Manual
Nokia 6 13 1 User Guide 9246168 Issue 1
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY We, NOKIA CO RPORATION declare under our sole responsibility that the product RM-115 is in conformity with the provisions of the foll ow ing Co unci l Di r ect ive : 1999/ 5/ EC. A co py of t he Dec la rat ion of Co nf ormi t y ca n b e fo un d fr om htt p:/ /www.n okia. com/phon es/ decl arat ion_ of_ confor mi ty/. The crossed-out wheeled bin mean s that within the European Union the product must be tak en to separate collection at the produc t end- of li fe. This appli e s to y our d evi ce bu t also t o a ny enh ancem ents marke d with this symbo l. Do not d ispos e of thes e produ ct s as uns or ted muni cip al was te. Copy righ t é 20 06 No kia . All ri ght s reserv ed. Reprod u cti on, tran sfer , di stri buti on or storag e of p art or all of th e con tents in t his docu ment i n any f orm w ithou t th e prior w ri tten p erm issi on of N oki a is pr oh ibit ed . Noki a, Vi sua l Radi o, N okia Con nec ti ng Peopl e, Xpres s-on , Xpr essPr int , an d Pop-Po rt are tr ademar ks or regi s ter ed tr ademar ks of N oki a Corp orat ion. Other produ ct an d comp any names me ntion ed h erei n may be tr adema rks or tr adenam es of the ir r espec tive owne rs. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Co rporation. US Pat ent No 58 18437 and ot her pen ding pat ents . T9 text inp ut softw are C op yrigh t (C) 1 997- 2006. Teg ic Com mun ica tions, In c. A ll rig hts reserv ed. Incl u des RS A BSAFE cry pto graph ic or sec urit y pro toco l sof twa re fr om RSA Se cur ity. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Thi s pro duct i s lic ense d under th e MPEG-4 Vis ual Pat ent Portf olio Li cense (i) for pe rson al a nd nonco mmer cial use i n con nect ion with information which has been en coded in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard by a consu mer engaged in a personal and non comme rci al acti vi ty and ( ii) for us e in con necti on wi th MPEG- 4 video prov i ded by a li cen sed v ideo provi der . No lic e ns e is gr ante d or sh all be imp lie d for any o th er us e. A ddit ion al in fo rma tion in cl udin g th a t rel ating to prom ot iona l, i ntern al an d c omm er cial us es m ay be o b tain ed from MPEG LA , LLC. See < http://ww w.mp egla.com>. Nokia operates a policy of conti nuous development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improvements to any of the prod ucts des cri bed i n thi s docu ment wit hout pr ior noti ce. This Noki a de vi ce c omp lie s wit h D irect ive 2002 /9 5/E C on the re st rictio n o f the use of ce rtai n h azar dou s sub s tance s in ele ctri ca l and ele ctron ic equi pment . Unde r no c irc umsta nces sha ll N okia be re spon sibl e fo r any l oss of da ta or inc ome or any s peci al , inci dental, c onsequent ial or i ndirect d amag es how soe ver cau sed. T h e c o n t e n t s o f t h i s d o c u m e n t a r e p r o v i d e d " a s i s " . E x c e p t a s r e q u i r e d b y a p p l i c a b l e l a w , n o w a r r a n t i e s o f a n y k i n d , e i t h e r e x p ress or i mplie d, inc ludi ng, but no t li mit ed to , t he impl ied w ar ranti e s of me rch an tabi lit y and f it ness f or a parti cular p urpo se, a re ma de i n rela tion to the accuracy, reliabili ty or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this document or withdraw it at any time without prior notic e. The a v ail abi lity of par t icula r p rod uc ts m a y va ry by re gio n . Pl ea se c he ck w it h the No ki a de a ler near e st to yo u. Thi s dev ice may con tain commod i tie s, techn olog y or s oft ware subj ect to e xpo rt la ws an d regu lati ons f rom t he US and oth er c ountr ies. Diver sio n co ntrary to law is pro hi bite d. 9246 168 /Issue 1
4 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Content s For your safety ................. ............................................................ .............................. ..... ...................... 9 General information ...................................... .............................. ........................................ ............... 13 Overvi ew of func tions ...................................... ................ ................................. ................ ... ............. ................................ ................ . 13 Access codes ....... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ........... ..... ................ ................................ ................ . 14 Configur ation settings servi ce ....... ................ ................................ ................. ......................... ....... ................ ................................ . 14 Download cont ent ............. ................ ................................ ................ ................................. . ............... ................................ ................ . 15 Nokia suppo rt ..................... ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................ ................................ ................ . 16 1. Get started ................................................. .............................. ................................... .................... 17 Install S IM ca rd and battery .......................................... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ . 17 Insert a microSD card ....................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ . 18 Remove the mi croSD ca rd............... ................ ................................ ................. ........................ ........................ ................ ................. 18 Charge the b attery ............................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 19 Open a nd c lose the pho ne .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ........ ........ ................ ................................ . 20 Switch the ph one o n and off ......................... ................ ................................. ................ .......... ...... ................................ ................ . 20 Antenna ................ ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ....... ........ ................. ................ ................................ . 21 Phone s trap ......... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 21 2. Your phone ................... ............................................................ .............................. ...... ................... 22 Keys and parts .... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ............ .................... ................ ................................ . 22 Standb y mod e..... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ............. ... ................................ ................ ................. 24 Keypad lo ck (ke yguard) .... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ .... ............ ................................ ................ . 27 Functions witho ut a S IM ca rd ....................... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 27 3. Call functions ............... ............................................................ .............................. ...... ................... 28 Make a call .......... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ......... ....... ................ ................................ ................ . 28 Answer or reject a call ..... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .. .............. ................................ ................ . 29 Option s during a ca ll ........ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ . ............................... ................ ................. 30
5 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 4. Write text ..................... ............................................................ .............................. .... ..................... 31 Predictive tex t input ......... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ................ . 31 Traditional t ext i nput ....... ................ ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ................................ . 32 5. Navigate the menus................................... .............................. .......................................... ............. 33 6. Messaging .................... ............................................................ .............................. ...... ................... 34 Text messages (S MS) ........................ ................ ................................ ................. ................... ............. ................ ................................ . 34 SIM messa ges ..................... ................ ................................ ................ .............................. ................... ................ ................................ . 35 Multim edia mes sages (MMS) ........ ................................ ................ ................. ................................ ................ ................................ . 36 Memory full ......................... ................ ................................ ................ ........................... ...................... ................ ................................ . 38 Folders .. ................ ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ..... ........................... ................................ ................ . 38 Postcard s .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ........................ ......................... ................ ................................ . 39 Flash me ssages ................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ . 40 Nokia Xpre ss aud io me ssaging ...... ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................................ ................ . 40 E-mail appl ication ............. ................................ ................ ................................. ............... . ................................ ................ ................. 41 Instant messagi ng ............. ................ ................ ................................ ................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 44 Voice m essages .................. ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ................................ . 49 Info message s ..... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ............ .................... ................ ................................ . 49 Service comm ands ............ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ .. .............. ................................ ................ . 49 Delete messa ges ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............... . ............... ................. ................ ................. 50 Message settings ............... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ................ . 50 7. Contacts ..................................................... .............................. .................................. ..................... 54 Search fo r a c ontact ......... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ................ . 54 Save na mes a nd ph one n umbers .. ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................. 54 Save de tails ......... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ......... ....... ................................ ................ ................. 54 Copy or move cont acts .... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..... ........... ................................ ................ . 55 Edit contact det ails ........................... ................................ ................ ................. ............... ................. ................ ................ ................. 55 Synch ronise al l ... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................ ................................ ................ . 55 Delete contacts .................. ................................ ................ ................................. ............. ... ................................ ................................ . 56 My presence ........ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ........... ..... ................ ................................ ................ . 56 Subscribe d names .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 57 Business c ards .... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ................ . 58
6 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Settin gs ................................................ ................ ................................ ................. ...... ......... ................. ................ ................................ . 58 Groups .................................. ................ ................................ ................ ....................... .......................................... ................ ................. 59 Speed dia ls .......................... ................ ................................ ................ .......................... ....................... ................ ................................ . 59 Info, service, and my numbe rs ....... ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...... ................ ................................ . 59 8. Call log ......................... .............................. ............................................................ .. ....................... 61 Positio ning information ................... ................ ................................ ................. .................... ............ ................ ................................ . 61 9. Settings ..................................................... ............................................................ ... ...................... 62 Profiles .. ................................ ................ ................................ ................ ..................... ............................ ................ ................................ . 62 Themes .................. ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ...... .......................... ................................ ................ . 62 Tones ..................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .... ............ ................................ ................ ................. 63 Main d isplay........ ................ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ . 64 Mini d isplay ......... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 65 Time and date ..... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................ ................................ ................ . 65 My shortcuts ....... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ........... ..... ................ ................................ ................ . 65 Connecti vity ........ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...... ................................ ................ ................. 67 Call ......................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. . ............... ................ ................................ ................ . 72 Phone .................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..... ........... ................................ ................ ................. 74 Enhanc ements .... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .............. .................. ................ ................................ . 75 Configur ation ..... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ............ .... ................................ ................ ................. 75 Security ................ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ...... ......... . ................................ ................ ................. 76 Phone s oftware upda tes .. ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ...... .......................................... ................ . 77 Restore fa ctory s ettings .................. ................................ ................ ................................. .... ............ ................................ ................. 78 10.Operator menu ........... ............................................................ .............................. .......... ............... 79 11.Gallery ....................................................... .............................. ................................ ....................... 80 Print im ages ........ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...... ................ ................................ ................ . 80 Memory card ....... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................................ ................ ................. 81 12.Media ........................................................ ............................................................ ... ...................... 83 Camera . ................ ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ....... ......... ................................ ................ ................. 83 Media player ....... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ........... ..... ................................ ................ ................. 84
7 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Music pl ayer ........................ ................ ................................ ................ ........................... ...................... ................ ................................ . 85 Radio ..... ................ ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .... ............ ................................ ................ ................. 86 Voice re corder .... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................................ ................ ................. 88 Equalizer .............................................. ................ ................................ ................. ....... ......................... ................ ................................ . 89 Stereo w ideni ng . ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .............. .. ................ ................................ ................ . 89 13.Organizer .................................................. .............................. ................................... .................... 90 Alarm cl ock ......................................... ................................ ................ ........................... ...................... ................ ................................ . 90 Calendar ............... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ....... ......................... ................ ................................ . 91 To-do list .............. ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ...... .......... ................................ ................ ................. 92 Notes ..................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .... ............ ................ ................................ ................ . 92 Calculato r ............ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ........ ........ ................ ................................ ................ . 92 Countdow n tim er .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ................ . ............... ................................ ................ . 93 Stopwa tch ........... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .......... ...... ................................ ................ ................. 93 14.Push to talk .............................................. .............................. .................................... ................... 95 Push to talk channe ls ....... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .. .............. ................ ................................ . 95 Switch PTT on a nd off ...................... ................ ................ ................................. ................ ... ............. ................................ ................ . 97 Make and receiv e a PTT call ........... ................................ ................ ................................. ........ ........ ................................ ................ . 97 Callback requests ............... ................ ................................ ................ ............................... .................. ................ ................................ . 99 Add a one-to- one contact .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ........ ........ ................ ............................... 100 PTT settings ......................................... ................ ................................ ................. ................ ................................ ................ ............... 100 Configur ation settings ..... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ............... 101 Web ....................................... ................ ................................ ................ ..................... ............................ ................ ............................... 101 15.Applications ................ .............................. ............................................................ ...... ................. 102 Launch a gam e ................... ................ ................................ ................ ............................... .................. ................ ............................... 102 Launch an appli cation ...................... ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ............................... 102 Some appl ication opti ons ............................... ................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... ................................ ............... 102 Download a n application ................................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ ............... 103 Presenter .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. ....... ......................... ................ ............................... 103 16.SIM services ................ .............................. ............................................................ ...... ................. 105
8 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 17.Web ............................. .............................. ............................................................ .. ..................... 106 Set u p brow sing . ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .............. .. ................ ................................ ............... 106 Connect to a service ......... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ . ............... ................................ ............... 106 Browse pages ...................... ................ ................................ ................ ............................. .................... ................ ............................... 107 Bookmark s ........... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...... ................................ ................ ............... 108 Appea rance setting s ......... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .. .............. ................ ............................... 109 Security settings ................ ................ ................................ ................ .............................. .................. . ................................ ............... 109 Download set tings ............ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ............... 110 Service inbox ...................... ................ ................ ................................ ................. ........... ..................... ................ ............................... 110 Cache memo ry.................... ................ ................................ ................ ................. ................................ ................ ............................... 111 Browse r security ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .............. ................. . ................................ ............... 111 18.PC connectivity......................................... ............................................................ ........ ............... 114 Nokia PC Suite .................... ................ ................................ ................ ................. ............ .................... ................ ............................... 114 EGPRS, HSCS D, and CSD .................. ................ ................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... ............................................... 114 Data communi cation applications ............................... ................ ................. ................................ ................ ................ ............... 114 19.Battery information ................................. .............................. .......................................... ........... 115 Chargi ng and dischargi ng ............................... ................ ................................. ................ ....... ......................... ................ ............... 115 Nokia battery authenticati on ........ ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...................... ................ ............... 116 Care and maint enance..... .............................. ............................................................ ............ ........... 118 Additional safety information ...................... ............................................................ ................ ....... 119 Index ................................. .............................. ........................................................... . ....................... 123
9 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . For your safety Read the se simple g uidelines . Not following them may be dangero us or ill egal. Rea d the comp lete user g uide for f urther information. SWITCH ON SAFELY Do not swit ch th e ph one on when wir eless phone use is pro hibi ted or w he n it m ay caus e int erfe rence o r da nger. RO AD SA FETY COM ES FI RS T Obey all local laws. Al ways keep your hands free to operate the veh icle while driving. Y our first co nsidera tion while driv ing should be road safety. INT ER FER ENC E All wireless phones may be susceptible to interference, which could affect performance. SW ITCH OF F IN H OSPIT ALS Follow any restrict ions. Switch th e phone off near med ical equipme nt. SWITCH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Follow any restrictions. Wireless devices can ca use interference in aircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REFUELLING Do not us e the phone at a refue lling point. D o n ot us e near f uel or chemi ca ls. SWITCH OFF NEAR BLASTI NG Foll ow a ny re stri ctions. D o n ot us e the pho ne wher e bla sting i s in prog ress. USE SEN SIBLY Use o nly in the normal position as e xplaine d in the pr oduct docume ntation . Do no t to uch the a nte nna unnecessaril y.
10 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . QU ALIFIED S ERV ICE Only quali fied perso nnel may instal l or repa ir this pro duct. ENHA NCE MEN TS A ND BATT ERIES Use only appr oved en hancements and bat teries. Do not conn ect incompatib le pro ducts. WATER-RES ISTANCE Your phone is not water-res istant. Kee p it dry. BACK-UP COPIE S Remember to make back-up copie s or keep a written reco rd of al l importan t informatio n stored in your phone. CONNECTING TO OTHER DEVICES When connecti ng to any othe r devic e, read its user g uide for d etailed sa fety instruct ions. D o not conn ect incompatib le produc ts. EMER GENC Y CA LL S Ensure the ph one is switc hed on and in service. P ress the en d key as man y times as need ed to cle ar the displa y and return to the st art screen. En ter the emerg ency number, then pre ss the call key. Give your loca tion. Do no t end the call u ntil given p ermissi on to do so. â Abo ut you r de vice The wireless device de scribed i n this guide is approved for us e on the EGSM 850 , 900, 180 0 and 1900 ne tworks. Co ntact your service provider for more informat ion about networks. When using the feat ures in this device, obey all laws and respect t he privacy and legitimate ri g hts of oth ers. When ta king and usin g images or video cli ps, obey all l aws and res pect loca l customs as well a s privacy and legiti mate rights of othe rs. Warni ng : To use any features in this device , other than the alarm clock, the devi ce must be switc hed on. Do not switch the device on when wireles s device use ma y cause interfere nce or dang er.
11 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Network serv ices To use the p hone you mus t have service from a wirel ess service p rovide r. Many of th e features in this device d epend on features in the wireles s network to function . These n etwork se rvices may not be ava ilabl e on all networks o r you may hav e to make speci fic arrangeme nts with your service provider be fore you can utili ze network s ervices. Y our service p rovider may need to give you additional instructions for their use and explain what ch arges will apply. Some networks may have limita tions that affect how you can use n etwork service s. For insta nce, some netw orks may not suppor t all langu age- depend en t char act ers a nd s ervic es. Your se rvice provid er ma y have reque sted th at cer tain fea tures be disa bled or no t act ivat ed in yo ur device . If so, t hey wi ll no t appear on your de vice menu. Your d evice may also have been specially configured for your n etwork provid er. This config uration may inclu de chang es in menu names , menu order and icons. Contact your ser vice provid er for more information. This device su pport s WAP 2.0 p rotoc ols (HTTP and S SL) that run on T CP/IP p rot ocols . So me fea tures of this de vic e, such as multimed ia messag ing (MMS) , browsing, e- mail app licati on, inst ant messagi ng, prese nce enhanc ed contacts, r emote synch roniz ation , an d co ntent d ow nload ing u sin g the b row ser or M MS, requi re ne twork s upp ort f or th ese techn ologi es. â Sha red me mory The fo llowing fea tures in th is device ma y share memory : g alle ry, contac ts, text mes sages, mu ltimed ia messages , and ins tant messag es, e-mail , calend ar, to-do n otes, Java TM gam es an d a ppli cation s , an d no te ap pl ica tio n. U se of o ne or mo re of thes e featur es may redu ce the memory ava ilabl e for the rem aining f eatures sha ring memory. For exa mple, savin g many Java applica tions m ay use al l of the a vailable me mory . Your device may displ ay a mes sage that the memory is full when you try to use a sha red memory fea ture. In this case, delete some of the informa tion or en tries s tored in the s hared memo ry featur es befor e continuing. Some of the feat ures, s uch as text messag es, may have a certain amo unt of memory sp eciall y allotted to them in additi on to the memo ry shared with othe r features.
12 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Enh ancem en ts A few practical rules about accessories and enhancements ⢠Kee p al l acc e ssor ie s an d en han cem en ts o ut of the rea ch of sm all chi ldr en . ⢠Whe n you di sconne ct the powe r cord of a ny ac cessor y or enhanc emen t, grasp and pu ll the pl ug, no t the cord. ⢠Check regula rly that e nhancements installe d in a vehi cle are mounted and are opera ting pro perly. ⢠Installa tion of any co mplex car e nhancements must be made by qu alified personnel only .
13 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . General info rmatio n â Overv iew of funct ion s Your phone provid es many funct ions that are practical for daily use, suc h as a t ext and multime dia messaging, a calendar, a c lock, an alarm clock, a radio, a mus ic player , and a built-i n camera. Your phone also supports t he following functions: ⢠Plug and play online service to get the configuration s ettings. See Plug and play service p. 20 , and Configuration settings service p. 14 . ⢠Push to t alk. See Push to tal k p. 95 . ⢠A microSD memor y car d to extend the memor y capacit y of the p hone. See Insert a microSD card p. 18 and Memory ca rd p. 81 . ⢠Active s tandby. Se e Active standby p. 24 . ⢠Audio messaging. See Nokia Xpress audio messaging p. 40 . ⢠Instant messaging. See Ins tant messaging p. 44 . ⢠E-mail application. See E- mail applicat ion p. 41 . ⢠Enhanced voice dialing. See E nhanced v oice dialing p. 28 an d Voice commands p. 67 . ⢠Presence-enhanc ed contacts . See My pr esence p. 56 . ⢠Java 2 Plat form, Micro Edition (J 2ME TM ). See Applications p. 102 .
14 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Acce ss co des Security code The security code (5 to 10 digits) help s to protect your phone agains t unauthorized use. The preset c ode is 12345. To change the code, and t o set t he phone to request the code , see Security p. 76 . PIN co des The personal id entification number (PIN) code and th e universal pers onal identification number (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digits) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized use. See Secur ity p. 76 . The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digits) may be s upplied with the SIM card and is r equired for some f unctions. The module PIN is required t o access t he information in t he securit y module. See Security module p. 111 . The signing PIN is required for t he digital signature. See D igital signature p. 112 . PUK co des The personal unblocking key (PUK) code and t he universal personal unblocking key (UPUK) code (8 digits) is required to change a blocked PIN code and UPIN code, respectively. The PUK2 code (8 digit s) is required to change a bloc ked PIN2 code . If the code s are not supplied with the SIM ca rd, contact your loc al service provider for the codes. Bar ring pa sswo rd The barring password (4 digits) is r equired when using the Call barring service . See Security p. 76 . â Conf igur ati on s ett ing s s ervic e To use some of the network services , such as mobile Internet s ervices, MMS, Nokia Xpress audio messaging, or remote Internet server synchroniza tion, your phone n eeds the correct configuration settings. You may be able
15 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . to receiv e the settings directly a s a conf iguration message. After r eceiving the s ettings you ne ed to s ave them on your phone. The service provide r may provide a PIN that is neede d to s ave the s ettings. F or more infor mation on availability, c ontact your network ope rator, ser vice provider , nearest aut horized Nokia d ealer, or visit t he support area on the No kia Web sit e, www.nokia. com/support. When you have received the sett ings as a conf iguration message, and the s ettings are not automatically saved and activate d, Configuration settings receive d is displa yed. To save the s ettings, select Show > Save . If the phone requests Enter settings' PIN : , enter th e PIN code for the settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code, contact the ser vic e provider t hat supplies t he settings. If no settings are sa ved yet, these sett ings are saved and set as def ault configurat ion settings. O therwise, the phone asks A ctiv ate saved configuration s ettings? . To discard the received settings, select Exit or Show > Di sca rd . â Down load c onte nt You may be a ble to downloa d new conte nt (for ex ample, themes) t o the phone (network se rvice). Select the download function (for example, in the Gallery menu). To ac cess the download funct ion, see the respec tive menu descriptions. You may also be able to downloa d updates of phone software (network service). See Phone p. 74 , Phone updates . For the a vailability of different s ervices, pricin g, and tar iffs, contact y our service pr ovider. Import ant: Use only service s that you trust and that offer adeq uate securit y and protecti on against harmful software.
16 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Nokia supp ort Check www. nokia.com/s upport or your local Nokia Web si te for the latest vers ion of this guide, additional information, downloads, and services related to your Nokia product. On the W eb site, you can get infor mation on the us e of Nokia products and services. If you need t o contact customer service, che ck th e list of local Nok ia Car e contac t center s at www.nokia.com/cus tomerser vice. For maintenanc e services , check y our nearest N okia service ce nter at w ww.nokia.com/repair .
17 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1. Get started â Inst all SIM card a nd ba ttery Always s witch the d evice off an d disconnect the charger before removing the battery. Keep all SI M cards out of the reach of sma ll chil dren. For availability and information o n using SIM card services, contact your S IM card vendor. This may be the s ervice provider, network opera tor, or other vendor. This device is intended for use wi th BL-4C battery. Alway s use original Nokia batteries . See Nokia b attery aut he nti ca tio n p. 116 . The SIM card and its contacts can easily be damaged by scratches or bending, so be careful when handling, inserting, or removing the ca rd. To remove t he back c over of t he phone, pr ess sightly (1) and slide the cov er (2). Remove t he battery as shown (3). Open the SIM ca rd holder (4). and insert the SIM ca rd properly into t he holder (5). Close the SIM card holde r (6).
18 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Replace the battery (7). Slide the back cover into i ts place (8, 9). â Inse rt a mi cro SD car d Keep all micr oSD memory cards out of the re a ch of small children. 1. Remove the back cover of the phone. 2. Insert the card into the microSD card slot with the golden contact surface facing down, and pr ess it until it locks into place. 3. Close t he back cover of the phone. Use only compa tible micr oSD cards with th is device. Other me mory cards, such as Reduced Si ze MultiMe dia cards, do not fit in the mic roSD car d slot and are n ot compatible with this device. Using an in compatible memory card ma y damage the memory ca rd as well as the d evice, and d ata stored on th e incompatib le card may be cor rupted . Use only micro SD cards approved by Nokia for use with th is device. Nokia util izes th e approved in dustry s tandards fo r memory cards but not all o ther brands may function correctly or be fully compati ble with this device . â Re move the micro SD c ard Import ant: Do not remove the microSD card i n the middle o f an operatio n when the card is being acce ssed. Removing the card in the middle of an operatio n may damage the memory card a s well as the device , and data stored on the ca rd may be corrupted. You can remove or replace the microSD card during phone operation wit hout switching t he phone off.
19 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1. Make sure that no applic ation is currently accessing t he micro SD memory card. 2. Remove the back cover of the phone. 3. Press the microSD c ard slightly in to releas e the locking. 4. Remove the microSD card from t he slot. â Charge the ba tte ry Check the mode l number of any charger before use with this device . This device is in tended for use when suppl ied with power from an AC-3 o r AC-4 cha rger. War ning : Use only ba tter ies, c harg ers, and enhance me nts appr ov ed by Nok ia for use with t his pa rticula r mode l. Th e use o f an y othe r ty pes may i nva lidat e any app rova l or w arra nty , and m ay be d angero us. For availa bility of approv ed enhancemen ts, pleas e check with your deal er. When you di sconnect the power co rd of any enhanc ement, g ras p and pull t he plug, not t he co rd. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. Connect the lead f rom the charger to the s ocket on the bot tom of your phone. If the bat tery is complet ely disc harged, it may take a few minutes before th e charging indicator appea rs on the display or bef ore any calls can be made. The charging t ime depends on the charger us ed. Charging a BL-4C battery w ith the AC- 3 charger takes approximately 2 hours and 20 minutes while the phone is in the standby mode.
20 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Open and clos e t he ph one To open the phone press t he fold release but ton (1). T he fold opens automatically (2). To close t he phone turn t he fold ma nually in its clos ed position. To switch off a tone that sounds when you open and close the phone, see Tone s p. 63 . â Switc h the pho ne on and of f Warn ing : Do not swit ch the phone o n when wi reless ph one use is p rohibi ted or whe n it may cause in terfe rence or danger. To switch the phone on or off, pr ess and hold t he power key. See Keys and par ts p. 22 . If the phon e asks for a PIN or a UP IN code, e nter the code (displa yed as ****), and selec t OK . Set t h e t ime, tim e z one , an d date Enter the local time, s elect the t ime zone of y our locat ion in terms of the t ime difference with respec t to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT), and ent er the dat e. See T ime and date p. 65 . Plug an d play s ervi ce When you switch on your phone for the first time, and the phone is in t he standby mode, you are asked to get the configurat ion settings from y our service provider (ne twork service). Confir m or decl ine the query. See " Connect to s erv . suppor t ," p. 76 , and Configurat ion settings service p. 14 .
21 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Ante n na Your device has a n internal anten na. Not e: As with any other radio transmitting device, do not touch the antenna unnecess arily when the de vice is s witch ed on. C ontac t with the a ntenna affects cal l quali ty and may caus e the device to op erate at a hig her power level than oth erwise need ed. Av oiding conta ct with th e antenna ar ea when operati ng the device optimize s the anten na performa nce and the bat tery lif e. â Phone strap Thread the strap through t he eyelet of the phone as shown in the picture and tighten it.
22 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 2. Y our pho ne â K eys and p art s 1 Earpiece 2 Main display 3 Left and right s election keys 4 Middle selection key 5 Call key 6 Key pa d 7 Infrared window 8 Fold release but ton 9 4-way navigation key 10 End key 11 Loudspeaker 12 Phone strap eyelet 13 Pop-Port TM connector flap 14 Charger c onnector
23 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 15 Camera lens 16 Volume keys (Volume up = PTT key ) 17 Mini display 18 Came ra key 19 Power key Connec tor flap To connect enhanc ements, open the Pop- Port TM connector flap.
24 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Standby mod e When the phone is ready f or use, and y ou have not en tered any character s, the phone is in the s tandby mode. Main disp lay 1 Signal strength of the ce llular network 2 Batte ry c harge status 3 Indicators 4 Name of the network or the ope rator logo 5 Clock 6 Mai n sc r ee n 7 Function of t he left s election ke y is Go to or a shortcut t o another function. See Left selection key p. 65 . 8 Function of t he middle sele ction key is Me nu 9 Function of t he right se lection key is Names or a shortcut to anot her function. See Right selection key p. 66 . Oper ator variant s may have an operator - specific name to acc ess an operat or-specific W eb site. Active s tandby In the ac tive standby mode there is a list of selected ph one features and information on t he screen t hat you can directly a ccess in the standby mode. To switch on the mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Main display > Standby mode settings > A ctive standby > My active standby . In the standby mode, s croll up or down to activ ate the navigation in the list. To start the f eature, s elect Select ; or to displa y the inf ormation, s elect View . Left and right arrows at the beginning and end of a line indicate th at further information is available by s crolling left or right. To end the ac tive standby navigation mode , select Exit .
25 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To organize and change t he active standby mode, activate the navigation mode, and select Option s > Acti ve standby > My ac tive standby > Options and the follow ing options: P ersonalise â Assign or c hange phone features in the s tandby mode. Organise â Move t he position of features in the standby mode. Enabling active standby â Select keys to activate the standby navigation mode. To change the s ettings, see Standby mode sett ings p. 64 . To switch off the a ctive s tandby mode select Options > Active standby > Off ; or s elect Menu > Settings > Main display > Standby mode settings > Ac ti ve s ta ndb y > Off . Sho rtcu ts in the stand by mo de ⢠To acces s the list of dialed numbers , press t he call ke y once. Scr oll to the number or name that y ou want; and to call t he number, press the call key. ⢠To open the we b browse r, press and hol d 0 . ⢠To call your voice mailbox, press and hold 1 . ⢠Use the navigation key as a s hortcut. See My shortcuts p. 65 . ⢠Press the c amera key t o start t he camera (still photo). ⢠In camera mode press the volume keys to zoom in or out . ⢠Press a volume key to mut e the ringing tone of an incoming call when the phone is clos ed. ⢠Press the powe r key to acce ss the profiles menu on the ma in display.
26 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Indicat ors You have unread messages in t he Inbox folder. You have unsent, canceled or failed messages in the Outbox folder. The phone registered a missed call. Your phone is connected to t he instant messaging service , and t he availability status is online or offline. You receive d one or s everal instant messages, and you are connected to the instant messaging service. The ke ypad is loc ked. The phone does not r ing for an incoming call or text message. The alarm clock is set to On . The countdown timer is running. The stopw atch is running in t he background. The phone is registered t o the GPRS or EGPRS network. A GPRS or E GPRS connection is establis hed. T he GPRS or EGPRS connection is suspended (on hold) , for example, if there is an incoming or outgoing call during an EGPRS dial-up c onnection. A Bluetooth connection is active. , Push to talk connec tion is ac tive or suspende d. See P ush to tal k p. 95 . If you have two phone lines, the second phone line is select ed.
27 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . All incoming c alls are divert ed to another number . The louds peaker is a ctivated, or t he music s tand is connec ted to the phone. Calls are limited to a c losed user gr oup. The timed pr ofile i s selected. A headset, handsfree, lo opset, or mus ic stand enhanc ement is connected to t he phone. â K ey pad loc k (key gu ard) To prevent t he keys from being acc identally pres sed, select Men u , and pres s * within 3.5 seconds t o lock the keypad. To unlock the keypad, select Unlock , and press * within 1.5 seconds. If t he Security keygu ard is set On , ent er the security code if requested. To answer a call when t he keyguard is on, press the call key. When y ou end or reject the call, th e keypad automatically locks . For Sec urity keyguar d , see Phone p. 74 . When the keyg uard is on , calls still ma y be possib le to the offi cial emerg ency number p rogrammed into your devi ce. â Funct ions w ithou t a SIM card Several f unctions of your phone may be used w ithout installing a SIM card (for e xample the data transfer wit h a compatible PC or another c ompatible device). N ote that when you use the phone w ithout a SIM car d, some functions appear dimme d in the menus and cannot be used. Synchronizing wit h a remote Internet se rver is not possible without a SIM card. For an emergency cal l, some networ ks may require that a valid SI M card is properly inserte d in the device .
28 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 3. Call functions â Make a c all 1. Enter the phone number, including t he area code . For internat ional calls, p ress * twice f or the int ernational pref ix (the c haracter re places the int ernational access code ), enter t he country c ode, the ar ea code without the leading 0, if necessa ry, and the phone number. 2. To call the number, press t he call key . 3. To end the ca ll or to canc el the c all attempt, press the end key, or close t he phone. To search for a name or phone number that you have save d in Contacts , s ee Search for a contact p. 54 . P ress the call key t o call the number. To acces s the list of dialled number s, press t he call ke y onc e in the st andby mode. To call the number, s elect a number or name, and press the call key. Speed dia ling Assign a phone number to one of the speed-dialing keys, 2 to 9 . See Speed dials p. 59 . Call the number in either of the following ways : ⢠Press a speed-dialing key, then the call key. â¢I f Speed dialling is set to On , press and hold a s peed-dialing key until the call begins. See Speed dialling in Call p. 72 . Enhanced voice dialing You can make a phone call by s aying the name that is saved in the contact list of the p hone. A voice c ommand is added a utomatically to all entries in t he conta ct list of the p hone.
29 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If an applicat ion is sending or receiving dat a using a pa cket data c onnection, end the applica tion before you use voice dialing. Voice commands are language -dependent. To s et the language, see Voice playback language in Phone p. 74 . Note: Using voi ce tags may be difficu lt in a noisy envi ronment or during an emerg ency, so you should not rely solely u pon voice dialin g in all cir cumstances. 1. In the standby mode, press and hold the right selection key or press and hold the volume down k ey. A short tone is playe d, and Speak now is displayed. If you ar e using a compatible hea dset with t he headse t key, press and hold the he adset key to star t the voice dialing. 2. Say the voice command clearly. If the voice recognition wa s successfu l, a lis t with mat ches is shown. The phone plays the voice command of the match on the top of the list. After about 1.5 seconds, the phone dials the number; or if the res ult is not the corre ct one, scroll t o another e ntry, and s elect to dial the ent ry. Using voice c ommands to car ry out a selected phone f unction is s imilar to voice dialing. See Vo i c e commands in My shortcut s p. 65 . â Ans wer or re ject a call To answer an inc oming call, pre ss the call ke y, or open the phone. To end the c all, press th e end key or clos e the phone. To reject an incoming call if the phone is open, pr ess th e e nd key. To reject an incoming c all when the phone is closed, pres s and hold a volume key. To mute the ringing tone, pr ess a volume key when the phone is clos ed, or selec t Silence when the phone is open. Tip : If the Divert if busy function is activated to divert the call s (for exa mple, to yo ur voice mailbox), rejecting an incoming call also diver ts the c all. See Call p. 72 .
30 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If a compatibl e headset supplie d with t he headset ke y is connec ted to the phone, to answer and end a cal l, press th e headset ke y. Call wait ing To answer the waiting call dur ing an active call, press t he call key. The first call is put on hold. To end the act ive call, press the end key. To a ctiv ate the Call waiting f unction, see Call p. 72 . â Opti ons durin g a ca ll Many of the options that you c an use duri ng a call are network s ervices. For availabilit y, cont act your s ervice provider. During a call , select O ptions and f rom the following options: Call options are Mute or Unmut e , Cont acts , Menu , Lock keypad , Record , Loudspeaker or Handset . Network services options are Ans we r or Reject , Hold or Un hold , New call , Add to confer ence , End call , End all calls , and the following: Send DTMF â t o send tone strings Swap â t o switch bet ween the active call and the call on hold Tr a ns f e r â t o connect a call on hold to an act ive call and dis connect yourself Co nf er en ce â to make a conference call that a llows up to five persons to take part in a confer ence call Private call âÂÂto discuss privately in a co nference ca ll Warn ing : Do not hold the device near you r ear when the loudsp eaker is in use, becau se the volume may be extremel y lo ud.
31 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 4. Wri te tex t You can enter text (for example, when w riting mess ages) using traditi onal or predictive text input. When you write text , text input indicators appear at t he top of the display . indicates traditional text input. indicates predictive text input. Predictive text input allows you t o write t ext quick ly using the phone key pad and a built-in dict ionary. You can ent er a letter wit h a si ngle keypress. indicates predict ive t ext input wit h Word suggestions . The phone predicts and completes the word before y ou enter all the characters. , , or appears next to t he text input indicat or , indicating the character c ase. To change the character c ase, pr ess # . indicates number mode . To change from the letter t o number mode, pr ess and hold # , and select Number mode . To set the w riting langua ge while writing text, se lect Options > Writing language . â Pr edi cti ve text in put To set predict ive text input on, select Options > Prediction on . Tip: To quickly set predic tive text input on or off when writing text, press # twice, or select and hold Options . 1. Start writing a word us ing the 2 to 9 k eys. Press each ke y only once for one letter. The ente red letters are displayed underlined. To insert a s pecial character, pres s and hold * , or select Options > Insert symbol . Scroll to a c haracter, and sel ect Use . To write compounds words, enter t he first part of t he word; to confirm it, press the navigation key right. Write the next part of t he word and confirm t he word. To enter a full stop, pr ess 1 .
32 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 2. When you finish writ ing the word a nd it is correct, t o confirm it , press 0 to add space. If the word is not cor rect, press * r epeatedly, or select O ptions > Matches . W hen th e wor d th a t yo u wa nt appears, s elect the wo rd and pr ess the nav igation key . If the ? character is displayed aft er the wor d, the word you intended to write is not in t he dictionary. To add the word t o the dic tionary, s elect Spell . Complete the word (traditional text input is used), and select Save . â Traditio nal t ext inpu t To set traditional text input on, select Options > Prediction off . Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all characters available under a number key ar e printed on the key . The charact ers available depend on the s elected writing la nguage. If the next letter you want is located on the same key as t he present o ne, wait until the cursor appears, or briefly pres s any of the nav igation keys a nd enter the lette r. The most common punctuation marks and spec ial charact ers are available under the 1 k ey. For more characters, press * .
33 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 5. Navigate t he m enus The phone off ers you an e xtensive range of functions, which are grouped int o menus. 1. To acc ess the menu, select Menu . To change t he menu view , select Options > Main menu view > List , Grid , Gr id with labels , or Tab . To rearrange the menu, s croll to t he menu you want to move , and select Options > Organise > Move . Scroll to where y ou want to mov e the menu, and select OK . To save t he change, s elect Done > Yes . 2. Scroll through the menu, and select an option (for e xample, Settings ). 3. If the selected menu c ontains further submenus, select the one that y ou want (f or example, Call ). 4. If the selected menu contains further submenus, repeat step 3. 5. Select the setti ng of your c hoice. 6. To return to th e previous menu level, se lect Back . To exi t the me nu, select Exit .
34 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 6. Me ssaging You can read, w rite, send, and save text, mult imedia, e-mail, audio, and fl ash messages and pos tcards. All messages are organized into f olders. â Text message s (SMS ) With the short message service (SMS) you can send and receive text messages, and receive messages that can contain pictures (network service). Before you c an send any te xt or SMS e- mail message, you must save y our message center number. See Message settings p. 50 . To check SMS e-mail service availability and to subscribe to the service, contact your service provider. To save an e-mail ad dress in Contacts , see Save d etails p. 54 . Your device suppor ts the send ing of text messages beyond the character limit for a s ingle mes sage. Lon ger messages will b e sen t as a ser ies o f tw o or mor e me ssag es. You r se rvic e pro vid er may charge acco rdi ngl y. C hara cter s t hat u se acc ents or oth er marks, and charact ers from some la ngua ge options like Chinese , take up more s pace li miting the n umber of char acters tha t can be sen t in a single me ssage. The message l ength indicat or at t he top of th e display shows the t otal number of cha racters lef t and the number of messages needed for sending. For exa mple, 673/ 2 means that there are 673 characters left and that the message will be se nt as a se ries of two messages. Wr ite an d sen d a SMS mess age 1. Select Me nu > Messaging > Create message > Text message . 2. Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-mail address in t he To : field. To retrieve a phone number or e- mail address from Contacts , selec t Ad d > Contact . To send the message t o multiple recipients, add t he desired contacts one by one. To send t he message to persons in a group, select Contact gr oup and the desired gr oup.
35 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To retrieve the contacts to which you recently sent messages, select Add > Recently used . To retrieve contacts from previously incoming calls, select Add > Open Log . 3. For a SMS e-mail , enter a subject in the Subject: fi el d . 4. Write your message in the Message: field. See Wri te te xt p. 31. To insert a template into the message, select Options > U se template . To see how the mes sage will look to the r ecipient, select O ptions > Previ ew . 5. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . See M ess age sendi ng p. 37 . Read and reply t o an SMS m essag e When you have rec eived a mes sage, 1 message received or t he number of new messages wit h messages rece ived are shown. 1. To view a new message, select Show . To vie w it later , select Ex it . To read the message later, s elect Menu > Messaging > Inbox . If more th an one mes sage is re ceived, se lect the message you want to read. is shown if you have unread mes sages in Inbox . 2. To view t he list of available options while reading a message, select Options . 3. To r eply to a message, select Reply > Text message , Multimedia , Flash mes sage , or Audio message . To send a text message to an e-mail address, enter the e-mail address in the To: field. Scroll down, and write your message in the Mes sage: field. See Wr ite text p. 31 . If you want t o change the message type for your reply message, select Options > Change message type . 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . See M ess age sendi ng p. 37 . â SIM me ssage s SIM messages are text messages that a re saved to your SIM car d. You can co py or mov e those messages t o the phone memory, but not vice ve rsa. Rec eived messages are saved to the phone memory. To read SIM mes sages, selec t Men u > Messaging > Options > SIM messages .
36 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Mul tim edi a messa ges (MMS ) Note: Only d evices t h at ha ve compati ble fe atures ca n rec eive and dis play mul timedia me ssages . The appearance of a m ess age may v ary depend in g on t he r eceiv ing d evic e. To check availability and t o subscribe to the multime dia me ssaging network s ervice, contact your service provider. Se e Multimedia message s p. 51 . A multimedia messa ge can contain t ext, sound, image s, video c lips, a bus iness card, and a calenda r note. If t he message is too large, t he phone may not be able to re ceive it. Some network s allow text messages th at include an Internet addr ess where you can vie w the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia mes sages during a call or an active browsing session over GSM data. Bec ause delivery of mult imedia messages can fail for various re asons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communications. Write and sen d a MMS mess age The wir eless networ k may limit the s ize of MMS me ssages. If the inser ted image ex ceeds thi s limit, th e device may make it smaller s o that it can b e sent by MMS . 1. Select Me nu > Messaging > Create message > Multimedia . 2. Enter your message. Your phone supports mult imedia messages that contain several pages (s lides). A message can c ontain a calendar note and a bus iness card as attachments. A slide can c ontain text, one image, and one s ound clip; or text and a video clip. To ins ert a s lide in the message, select New ; or select Options > Insert > Slide . To insert a f ile in t he message , select Ins ert ; or select Options > Inse rt . 3. To view t he message before sending it, select Options > Preview . 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . See M ess age sendi ng p. 37 . 5. Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number in the To : field. To ret rieve a phone number from Contacts , select Add > Contact . To send the message t o multiple recipients, add t he desired cont acts one by one. To send the
37 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . message to persons in a group, select Contact gr oup and the des ired group. T o retrieve t he contac ts to which you rece ntly se nt messages, select Add > Recently used . Message sending Co pyr ig ht p ro tect i ons may pre ven t so me i mages, mus ic (in clu di ng r in gin g to ne s), and oth e r con ten t f ro m be in g copi ed, modified, transferred or forw arded. When you finish writing your me ssage, t o send the me ssage, selec t Se nd . The phone s aves t he messa ge in the Outb ox folder, and the sending s tarts. If you select Save sent messages > Ye s , the sent mess age is saved i n the Sent items folder. See Genera l se ttin gs p. 50 . Note: When the phone is sen ding the mes sage, th e animated is shown . This is an indication that the mes sage has be en sent b y your d evice t o the me ssage center numb er prog rammed i nto y our device . This is not an ind icatio n that the mess age has been rece ived at the i ntende d destinati on. For more d etails ab out messag ing service s, check w ith y ou r s e rv ice pr o v id er . It takes more time to send a multimedia message than to send a t ext message. While the message is being sent, you can use ot her functions on the phone. If an interrupt ion occur s while the message is being sent, t he phone tries to res end the messa ge a few times. If these attempts fail, the mes sage remains in the Outbox folder. You can try to res en d it late r. Cancel messa ge sen ding To cancel the sending of the messages in the Outbox folder, scroll to the desired message, and select Options > Cancel sending . Read and reply t o a MMS mess age Import ant: Exercis e caution whe n opening me ssages. Mu ltimedi a message objec ts may contain malicio us software or otherwise be ha rmful to your device or PC. When you receive a new multimedia mes sage, Multimedia mes sage received or the number of new messages with messages receiv ed is shown.
38 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1. To r ead the mess age, sele ct Show . To v iew it la ter, selec t Exit . To read the message later, s elect Menu > Messaging > Inbox . Scroll to t he message that you want to view, and select it . is shown if you have unread mes sages in Inbox . 2. To view the whole me ssage if the r eceived message contains a presentat ion, select Play . To view the fil es in the pr esentation or t he attachment s, select Options > O bjects or Attachments . 3. To reply t o the mes sage, s elect O ptions > Reply > T ext message , Multimedia , Po s t c a r d , Flash message , or Audio message . Write t he reply message. If you want to change the message t ype for your reply message, selec t Options > Change message type . The new message t ype may not support all the c ontent that you have a dded. 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . See M ess age sendi ng p. 37 . â Memo ry full When you receive a mes sage, and the memory f or the mes sages is f ull, Memory full. Unable to rec eive messages. is s hown. T o first delet e old messages , select OK > Ye s and th e folder. Scroll to the des ired message, and select Delete . If more messages are t o be delet ed, sele ct Ma rk . Mark all t he messages you want to delete, and select Options > Delete marked . â Fold ers The phone s aves receiv ed message s in the Inbox folder. Messages t hat have not y et been sent are s aved in t he Outbox folder. To set the phone to save the s ent messages i n the Sent items folder, s ee Save sent messages in General se ttings p. 50 . To save t he message that you wr ite and want to se nd later in th e Drafts folder, select O ptions > Save message > Draf ts
39 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . You can move your messages to th e Saved items folder. To organize your Saved items subfolders, s elect Menu > Messaging > Sav ed items . To a dd a folder , select Options > Add folder . To delete or rename a folder, scroll to the desired folder , and select Options > D elete folder or Rename f older . Your phone has templates. To create a new templ ate, save a message as a template. T o access the template list, sel ect Menu > M essaging > Saved items > Templates . â Po s t c a r d s With the postcard messagi ng service (networ k service ), create a nd send postcar ds that may contain an image and a greet ing text. The postcard is sent to the service pr ovider using multimedia mes saging. The service provider print s the postcard and sends it t o the pos tal address give n with t he message. Mult imedia messaging service must be activ ated before t his service can be used. Before you can use the p ostcard service you must subscribe to the service. To check the availabil ity, and costs, and to subscrib e to the service, conta ct your networ k operator or service p rovider. Se nd a pos tca rd Select Menu > Messaging > Create message > Po s t c a r d . Scroll t o the edi tor fields, ent er the name , the pos tal address, a nd the city of the re cipient (mandatory edit or fields , marked by a *). Scroll to t he image f ield and se lect Insert > Open Gallery to insert an image from G allery or New image to insert a re cent photo; t hen write your greeting text. Select Options to se e the options available. To send the postcard, select the graphical key or Options > Send .
40 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Flas h mes sages Flash message s are te xt messages that are instan tly dis played upon r eception. Flas h messages ar e not automatically saved. Write a flas h m essag e Select Menu > Messaging > Create message > Flas h message . Enter the r ecipient âÂÂs phone number in the To: field. Scrol l down, and wr ite your message in the Message: f ield. The maximum length of a flash message is 70 characters. To insert a blinking t ext into t he message, s elect O ptions > Ins ert blink char acter to set a marker. The text behind the marker blinks until a second marker is inserted. Rec ei ve a fl ash mes sa ge A received f lash message is indicat ed with Message: and a few words from the beginning o f the message. To read the me ssage, s elect Read . To extract phone number s, e- mail addresses, and Web site addresses from the curr ent me ssag e, sele ct Options > Use detail . To save t he message, select Save and t he folder in which you want to s ave it. â Nokia Xp ress aud io me ssaging You can use the multimedia mes sage service to cr eate and send a audio me ssage in a conve nient way. Multimedia messaging service must be activated before you c an use audio messages. Create an audio mes sage 1. Selec t Me nu > Messaging > Create message > Audio message . The recorde r opens. To u se the recorder, see Voice recorder p. 88 . 2. Speak your message .
41 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 3. Ent er the recipientâÂÂs phone number in the To: fie ld. To retrieve a phone number from Contacts , select Ad d > Contact . To send the message t o multiple recipients, add t he desired cont acts one by one. To send the message to persons in a group, select Contact gr oup and the des ired group. T o retrieve t he contac ts to which you rece ntly se nt messages, select Add > Recently used . 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . Rece ive a n audi o mes sa ge When your phone receive s an audio me ssage, 1 audio message received is displayed. To open t he message , sel ect Play ; or if more than one me ssage is r eceived, selec t Show > Pl a y . To listen to t he message later, select Exit . To see the ava ilable options, se lect Options . â E-mai l appli catio n The e-mail application uses a packet data connect ion (network s ervice) to a llow you to access your e-mail account from y our phone when you are not in the off ice or at home. This e -mail application is different fr om the SMS e-mail f unction. To use the e- mail function on y our phone, yo u need a compatible e-mail system. You can write, send , and read e-mail with your phone. You can als o save and delete the e-mail on a compat ible PC. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before you c an send and re trieve any e-mail messages, you must do t he follow ing: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail account or use y our curre nt account. T o check t he a vailability of your e-mail acc ount, contact your e -mail service provider. ⢠Check your e-mail settings with your network operator or e-mail service provider. You may receive the e-mail configuration set tings as a configuration message . See Configuration settings service p. 14 . You c an also enter the settings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . To act ivate the e- mail set tings, select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > E- mail messages . See E-mail mes sages p. 52 . This application does not s upport keypad tones.
42 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Se ttin g W iz ard The setting wiz ard will st art automatically if no e -mail settings are de fined in the phone . To ente r the settings manually, se lect Menu > Messaging > E-mail > Options > Manage accounts > Options > Ne w . The Manage accounts options allow you to add, del ete, and change t he e-mail s ettings. Make sure that you have defi ned the co rrect preferr ed acces s point for y our operator. See Configuration p. 75 . The e-mail application requires an Internet access point without a proxy. WAP access points normally include a proxy an d do not work with the e- mail application. Write and send an e-mail You can write your e-mail mes sage before connecting to the e-mail service; or connect to the s ervice first, then write and s end your e-mail. 1. Selec t Me nu > Messaging > E-mail > Write new e-mail . 2. If mor e than one e-mail account is defined, select t he account from which you want to s end the e-mail. 3. Ent er the recipientâÂÂs e-mail addr ess. 4. W rite a s ubject for the e-mail. 5. W rite the e-mail message. See Write text p. 31 . To attach a file to the e-mail, select Options > Attach file and a file fr om Gal lery . 6. To send the e-mail message immediately, select Send > Send no w . To save the e- mail in the Outbox folder to be sent l ater, sele ct Send > Send lat er . To edit or continue writing your e-mail later, se lect O ptions > Save as draft . The e-mail is saved in Outb oxe s > Dr afts . To send the e-mail lat er, select Menu > M essaging > E-mail > Options > Send now or Send and check for e-mail .
43 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Downloa d e-mail 1. To download e-mail me ssages that hav e been sent t o your e-mail account, select Men u > Messaging > E-mail > Check for new e- mail . If more than one e-mail account is def ined, sele ct the acc ount from which you want t o download the e-mail. The e-mail application only downloads e-mail heade rs at fi rst. 2. Selec t Ba c k . 3. Selec t Inbox es , the account name, and t he new message, and select Retr ieve to download the complete e-mail message. To download new e-mail mes sages and to send e-mail that has been sa ved in the Outbox folder, select Options > Send and check for e -mail Read and reply t o e-ma il Im po rt a nt: Exerc ise cautio n when open ing messag es. E-ma il messa ges may conta in mali cious softw are or otherwise be harmful to y our device or PC . 1. Selec t Me nu > Messaging > E-mail > Inboxes , t he account name, and the des ired message. 2. W hile reading the message, select Options to v iew the av ailable options. 3. To repl y to an e-mail, select Reply > Original text or Empty message . To reply to many, select Options > Reply to all . Confirm or edit t he e-mail address and subject, then write your reply. 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send > Send no w . E-mail folder s Your phone saves e-mail that you have dow nloaded from your e-mail account in th e Inboxes folder. The Inboxes folder cont ains the f ollowing folders : âÂÂAccount nameâ for incoming e- mail, Archive for archiving e-mail, Custom 1 âÂÂCustom 3 f or sorting e-mail, Ju nk where all sp am e-mail is st ored, Dr af ts for saving
44 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . unfinished e-mail, Outbox for saving e-mail that has not been sent, and Sent items for saving e-mail that has been sent. To manage the f olders and t heir e-mail c ontent, selec t Op ti ons t o view t he available options of eac h folder. Spam filter The e-mail application allows you to activate a built-in spam filter. To activate and define t his filter, select Options > Spam filt er > Settings in the main e-mail idle s creen. The spam filter allows the user t o put specif ic senders on a black or whit e list. Black list sender messages are filtere d to the Junk folder. Unknown and White list sender messages are downloaded into the account inbox. To blacklist a sender, select the e-mail message in the Inboxes folder and Options > Blacklist sender . â Ins ta nt messag ing You can t ake text me ssaging to t he next le vel by expe r iencing instant messa ging (IM) (network service) in a wireless environment. You can engage in ins tant messaging with friends and f amily, regard less of the mobile system or pla tform (like the Internet) they are using, as long as y ou all use t he same instant messaging ser vice. Before you can s tart using instant mes saging, you must fi rst subscribe to your wireless service providerâÂÂs text messaging service and register with the ins tant messaging service you want to use. You mus t also obtain a user name and pas sword before you can use instant messaging. See Register wit h an inst ant messaging service p. 45 for more informati on. Note : Depending on both your IM se rvice provider and yo ur wireless service provi der, y ou may not have access to all of the features des cribed in this guide. To set the require d settings for the inst ant messaging service, see Connectio n se ttings in Access p. 45 . The icons and texts on the display may v ary, depending on t he instant messaging service. While you are connected to the instant messaging service, you can use the other functions of the phone, and the instant mes saging conve rsation remains active i n the back ground. Depending on the network, t he active
45 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . instant messaging conversation may consume the phon e battery faster , and you may need to connect the phone to a charger. Regi ster wit h an inst ant mes sagi ng serv ice You can do t his by regis tering over t he Internet wit h the IM s ervice provider you have s elected to use. During the registrat ion process, you will have the oppor tunity to cre ate the use r name and pass word of yo ur choice. For more information about signing up f or instant me ssa ging services , contact y our wir eless service provider. Access To access the Instant messages menu while still o ffline, select Me nu > Messaging > Instant messages ( Instant messages may be replaced by another term depending on the service pr ovider). If more than one s et of connection setti ngs for instant mes saging serv ice is available, select the one y ou want. If th ere is only one set defined, it is selec ted automatically. The following options ar e shown: Login â to conne ct to the instant mes saging servic e. To se t the phone t o automatically connect t o the instant messaging service when you s witch on th e phone; in the l ogin session, s croll to Automatic logi n: and selec t Change > On , or select Menu > Messaging > Instant messages , conne ct to the inst ant messaging service, and sel ect Options > Settings > Automatic login > On . Saved conversations â to view, er ase, or rename the conve rsations that you saved dur ing an instant messaging sess io n Connection settings â to edit t he settings nee ded for messaging and pr esence c onnection Connec t To connect to the ins tant messaging service, acce ss the Instant messages menu, select the instant messaging service, if needed, and select Login . When th e phone has successf ully connecte d, Logged in is displayed. To disconnect from the instant messaging service, select Options > Logout .
46 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Se ssi ons When connected to the instant messaging servic e your status as seen by others is show n in a stat us line: My status: Online , My status: Busy or St atus: Appear offline â to change own s tatus, select Change . Below the status line there are three folders containing your contacts and showing their status: Conversat ions , Onlin e and Off line . To expand the folder highlight it and s elect Ex pand (or press scroll r ight), to collaps e the folder se lect Collapse (or press scroll left ). Conversations â shows the list of new and read instant mes sages or invitations to instant mes saging during the active instant mes saging session. indicat es a new group message. indicates a read group messa ge. indicates a new instant me ssage. indicates a read instant mes sage. indicates an inv itation. The icons and texts on the dis play may va ry, depending on the ins tant mess aging service you have se lected. Onlin e â shows th e number of c ontacts that are online. Offline â shows the number of contacts that are of fline To start a conversa tion, expand the O nline or the O ffline folder and s croll to the cont act with whom you would like to chat and se lect Cha t . To answer an invitation or to reply to a message expand the Conversations folder and scroll to t he contact to whom you would like to chat and select Open . To add contac ts, see Add IM c ontacts p. 48 . Groups > Public groups (not visible if groups are not supported by t he network) â the list of bookmarks to public groups provided by the service provider is dis played. To start a instant messaging ses sion with a group, scroll to a group, and select Joi n . Ent er the screen name that you want to use as your nickname in the conversation. When you have successfully joined the gr oup conversation, you can s tart a gr oup conversation. You can creat e a pr ivate group. Se e Groups p. 48 .
47 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Search > Use rs or Groups â to search for other instant messaging users or public groups on t he network by phone number, sc reen name, e-mail address, or name . If you select Groups , you can s earch for a gr oup by a member in the group, or by group name, topic, or ID. Options > Chat or Join group â to st art the conve rs ation when y ou ha ve f ound the user or the group that you want. Accept or rej ect an i nvi tati on In the standby mode, when you are c onnected to t he instan t messaging ser vice and you receive a new invitation, New invitation r eceived is displayed. To read it, select Read . If more than one invitation is received, scroll to the invitation you want, and selec t Ope n . To join the private group conv ersation, s elect Accept , and enter the s creen name you want to use as your nickname . To reject or del ete the invitat ion, select Options > Reject or Delete . Read an i nstant message In the standb y mode, when you are c onnected t o the in s tant mess aging service, and you r eceive a new message that is not a mes sage associat ed with a n active conversation, New instant mess age is displayed. To read it, sel ect Read . If you receive more than one message, N new ins tant messages appears in the display, where N is t he number of new messages. Select Re a d , s croll to a message, and select Open . New message s received during an acti ve conve rsation are held in Instant mes sages > Conversations . If you receive a message fr om someone w ho is not in IM contacts , the sender ID is displayed. To save a new contact that is not in the phone me mory, select Options > Sav e contact . Part ic ipate i n a co nvers ation To join or start an IM session, writ e your message; and selec t Send , or press t he call key. Selec t Options to v ie w the ava ilable options. If you receive a new message during a conver sation from a pe rson who is not taking part in the current conversation, is displayed, and the phone sounds an alert tone .
48 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Write your message; and se lect Send , or press the call key. Your message is displayed, and the reply message is displayed be low your mess age. Add I M contac ts When connected to the IM se rvice, in t he IM main menu se lect Options > Add contact . Select By mobile number , Ent er ID manually , Search from server , or Copy f rom server (depending on se rvice provider). W hen the c ontact is succ essfully added, the phone confirms it. Scroll to a contact . To start a conver sation, selec t Ch at . Bloc k or unb lock me ssa ges When you are in a conversation and want to blo ck me ssages, sel ect Options > Block contact . A confirmat ion query is s hown, selec t OK to block mes sages from t his conta ct. To block messages from a specific contact in your contacts list, scroll to the contact in C onversations , Online or Offline and s elect Options > Block contact > OK . To unblock a contact, in the IM main me nu select Options > Blocked list . Scroll t o the cont act you want to unblock and select Unblock > OK . Grou ps You can creat e your own pr ivate groups for an IM c o nversation, or use the public groups provided by the service provide r. The private groups exist only during an IM conver sation, and t he groups ar e saved on the server of t he service prov ider. If t he server you are logged into does not support group services, all group-related menus ar e dimmed. Public You can book mark public groups that your service provider may ma intain. Connect to the IM s ervice, and select Groups > Public groups . Scroll to a group wit h which you w ant to chat , and sele ct Join . If you are not in th e
49 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . group, enter your screen name as your nickname for the group. To delete a gr oup from your group list, select Options > Delet e group . To search for a group, select Groups > Public groups > Search groups . You can search for a group by a me mber in the group, by group name , topic, or ID. Priv ate Connect to t he IM service, and from the main menu s elect Options > Create group . Ent er the name fo r the group and the screen name t hat you want to use as your nick name. Mark the private gr oup members in t he contacts list, and write an invitation. â V o ice mess age s The voice mailbox is a network s ervice and you may ne ed to s ubscribe to it. For more inf ormation and f or your voice mailbox number, contact your servic e provider. To call your voice mailbox, se lect Menu > Messaging > V oic e messages > Listen to voice messages . To enter , search for, or edit y our voice mailbox number, sel ect Voice mailbox number . If supported by the networ k, indicat es new v oice messages. To call your voice mailbox number, select Listen . â Inf o me ssa ges Wit h Inf o messages (network servic e), you can r eceive messages on va rious topics from your s ervice provider . To check availability , topics, and the relevant topic numbers, c ontact your service provide r. â Ser v ice co mma nds Select Menu > Messaging > Service commands . Write and send serv ice requests (als o known as USSD commands), s uch as ac tivation commands for netw ork services , to your s ervice pr ovider.
50 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Dele te m e ssa ge s To delete messages, select Menu > Mes saging > D elete messages > By message t o delete single messages, By folder to delet e all mes sages from a folder, or All mess ages . If a f older contains unread messages, the phone asks whether you want t o delete them also. â Mess a ge se tt ing s Gen e ra l s et tin g s General settings are common for text and multimedia messages. Select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > General s ettings and from the followi ng options: Save sent messages > Ye s â to set the pho ne to sa ve th e sent messag es in the Sent items f older Overwriting in Sent it ems > Allowed â to set the phone to ove rwrite the old sent messages wit h the new ones when the message memory is full. This s etting is shown only if you set Save sent messages > Ye s . Font siz e â to sel ect t he fon t siz e u se d in me ssa ges Graphical smileys > Ye s â to set t he phone t o replace character-bas ed smileys with graphica l ones Text m essages The text message set tings affect t he sending, rec eiving, and vie wing of text and SMS e-mail messages . Select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > Text mes sages and from the following options: Delivery repor ts > Ye s â to ask the network t o send de livery repor ts about your messages (network ser vice) Message centres > Add centre â to set the phone number and name of the message center that is required for sending text messages. You receive this number from your service pr ovider. Message centre in use â to se lect th e message cent er in use
51 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . E-mail message centres > Add centre â to s et the phone numbe rs and name of the e -mail center for sending SMS e-mails. E-mail centre in use â to select the SMS e- mail message center in use Message validity â to select the length of time for which the network attempts to deliver your message Mess age s sent via â to sele ct the forma t of the mess ages to be sent : Text , Paging , or Fax (network servic e) Use packet dat a > Yes â to set GPRS as the preferred SMS bearer Character support > Fu ll â t o selec t all charact ers in th e messages to be s ent as viewed. If you select Re d u ced , characters with acc ents and other ma rks may be convert ed to other characters . When writ ing a mess age, you can preview it to see how t he message will look to the recipient. See Write and send a SMS message p. 34 . Reply via same cent re > Ye s â to allow the r ecipient of y our message to send you a reply us ing your messa ge center (net work ser vice) Multimed ia messag es The message s ettings affect the sending, receiving, and viewing of mult imedia mess ages. You may receiv e the co nfiguration settings for multimedia mes saging as a configuration message. See Configuration settings service p. 14 . You can also ent er the settings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . Select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > Multimedia mes sages and from the f ollowing options: Delivery repor ts > Ye s â to ask the network t o send de livery repor ts about your messages (network ser vice) Image size (multimedia) â to set the image size in multimedia me ssages. Before se nding, images will be reduced to the selected size. Default slide timing â to define t he default t ime between s lides in multimedia me ssages Allow multimedia recept. â t o rece ive or block the multimedia message, select Ye s or No . If you select In home network , you cannot receive multimedia messages when outside your home network. The default setting of the multimedia message service is general ly In home network . The availabilit y of this me nu depends on your phone.
52 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Incoming multim. msgs. â to allow t he reception of multimedia mes sages automatically, manually after being prompted, or t o reject the reception. This s etting is not s hown if Allow multimedia recept. is s et to No . Allow adverts â to receive or reject advertisements. This setting is not s hown if Allow multimedia recept. is set to No , or Incoming multim. msgs. is set to Reject . Configuration settings > Conf iguration â only the configurations t hat support mult imedia messaging are shown. Selec t a service provider, Default , or P ersonal conf iguration for multimedia messaging. Se lect Account and a mult imedia messaging service account contained in t he active configuration settings. E-mail messages The settings a ffect the sending, re ceiving, and v iewing of e-mail. You may receiv e the co nfiguration s ettings for the e-mail applicat ion as a configuration mess age. See Configuration settings service p. 14 . You can also ent er the settings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . To acti vate the s ettings for the e-mail applica tion, sele ct Me nu > Mes saging > Message settings > E-mail messages and from the followi ng options: Configuration â to sele ct th e set tha t yo u want to act iva te Account â to select an ac count pr ovided by th e service provider My name â to ent er your name or nickname E-mail address â t o enter y our e-mail address Include signature â to define a s ignature that is automat ically added to th e end of your e-ma il when you write your message Reply-to address â to enter the e-mail addr ess to which you want the replie s to be sent SMTP user name â to ent er the name that you want to use for outgoing mail SMTP password â to ent er the pas sword that you want to use for outgoi ng mail Display terminal window > Ye s â to pe rform manual user authenticat ion for intra net connections
53 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Incoming server type > POP3 or IMAP4 â to s elect the type of e- mail system that you ar e using. If bot h types are suppor ted, select IMAP4 Incoming mail settings â to select available opt ions for POP3 or IMAP4
54 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 7. C ontac ts You can sa ve names and phone numbers (contact s) in the phone me mory and in the SIM card memory. The phone memory may save contacts with additional deta ils , such as var ious phone numbe rs and text items. You can als o save an image for a limited number of contacts. The SIM card memor y can save names with one phone number attached to them. The contacts saved in the SIM card memory are indicate d by . â Search for a con tac t Select Menu > Contacts > Names . Scroll t hrough the list of contacts, or enter the f irst c haracters of the name you are se arching for. â Sav e name s an d phon e numbe rs Names and numbers ar e saved in the used memory. To save a name and phone number, s elect Menu > Contacts > N ames > Options > A dd new co ntact . Ente r the last name, fir st name, t he phone number and sele ct Save . â Save de tail s In the phone memory for cont acts you c an save different types of phone numbers, and short text it ems per name. You can also sele ct a tone or a video clip for a contact . The first number you save is automa tically set as the def ault number, and it is indicat ed with a frame around the number type indicator (for example, ). When you sele ct a name from contact s (for example, t o make a call), the default number is used unless y ou select anot her number.
55 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1. Make sure that the memory in use is Phone or Phone and SIM . See Settings p. 58 . 2. Search for the c ontact to which you want to add a detail, and select Details > Options > Add detail . Select from the options available. To search for an ID from the server of your service provider if you have c onnected to t he presence servic e, sel ect User ID > Search . See M y presence p. 56 . If only one ID is found, it is automatically saved. Otherwise, to sa ve the I D, sel ect Options > Save . To enter the ID , select Enter ID manually . Enter t he ID, a nd select OK to sa ve it. â Cop y or mo ve con ta cts To copy names and phone numbers from t he phone conta ct memory t o the S IM card memory, or vice vers a, sel ect Menu > Cont ac ts > N ames > O ptions > Copy . Select One by one to copy single contacts or All to copy all contacts. T he SIM ca rd memory ca n save name s with one phone number attached to them. To copy or move all contacts from the phone contact me mory to the SIM card me mory, or vice v ersa, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Copy contacts or Move contacts . â Edit con t act de tail s Search for the contact you want to edit, and s elect Details. To edit a name, number, text it em, or to change t he image, select Options > Edit . To change the number t ype, scroll to the des ired number, and select Options > Change type . To s et the s elected number as the default number, select Set as default . You cannot edit an ID when it is on the IM c ontacts or Subs cribed names list. â Sync hro nise a ll Synchronise your c alendar, cont acts data , and notes with a remote Internet server (ne twork serv ice). F or detai ls see âÂÂSynchronize from a server,â p. 63.
56 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Dele te c on tact s To delete all the contacts and the details attached to them from the phone or SIM card memory, select Men u > Contacts > Delete all contact s > Fr om phone memory or From SIM card . Confirm with the security code. To delete a contact , search fo r the des ired contact , and se lect Options > Delete contact . To delete a number, t ext item, or an image a ttached to the contact , search f or the c ontact, and s elect Details . Scroll to the de sired de tail, and selec t Options > Del ete and fr om the options available. D eleting an image or video clip fr om contacts does not delete it from Gallery . â My p res ence With the presence service (network servic e), you can share your presence status with other u sers with compatible device s and access to the service, such as your family, friends, and colleagues. Pr esence status includes your availability, status me ssage, and per sonal logo. Ot her users who ha ve ac cess to the service and who request your information ar e able to see your sta tus. The r equested information is shown in Subscr ibed names in the v iewersâ Contacts menu. You can personalize the informatio n that you want to s hare with others and control who can see your status. Before you c an use pres ence, you mus t subscr ibe to the s ervice. To check t he availability and costs, and to subscribe to t he service , contact your net work operato r or service provide r, from whom you also receive your unique ID, password, and the settings for the s ervice. See Configuration p. 75 . While you are connec ted to the presence s ervice, you can use t he other f unctions of the phone, a nd the presence ser vice is active in the back ground. If you disconnec t from th e service , your presence stat us is shown for a certain amount of time to viewers, depending on the service provider. Select Menu > Contacts > My pres ence and f rom the following options: Connect to 'M y prese nce' or Disconnect from service â to connect to or disconnect f rom the service View my presenc e > Private presence or Public presence â to v iew your presence s tatus
57 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Edit my pres ence > My availability , My pr esence message , My pr esence logo , or Show to â to c hange yo ur presence status My viewe rs > C urrent vi ewers , Private list , or B locked list â to vi ew the persons who are subscr ibed to or blocked fr om your presence information Settings > Show pres. in s tandby , Connection type , or Pr ese nce se tting s â Subscribe d nam es You can create a list of contacts whose presence status information you want to be aw are of. You can view the information if it is allowed by t he contacts and the ne twork. T o view thes e subscribed names, scroll through t he contacts, or use t he Subscribed names menu. Ensure that the me mory in us e is Phone or Phone and SIM . See Settings page 58 . To connect to the pr esence service, s elect Menu > Contacts > My presence > Connect to 'My pr esence' . Add con tac ts t o th e s ubs cribe d n ames 1. Selec t Me nu > Contacts > Subscribed names . If you ha ve not c onnected to t he pres ence service , the phone asks if you want to connect now. 2. If you have no contacts on your list, sele ct Add . Otherwis e, selec t Options > Subscribe new . Your list of contacts is shown. 3. Selec t a contact from t he list. If t he contact has a saved ID, the c ontact i s added to t he subscribed names list. If there is mo re than one ID, select one of them. After subscription to the contact, Subscription acti vate d is shown. Tip: To subscri be to a c ontact from the Co nt ac t s list, search for the conta ct you want, and select Details > O ptions > R equest pr esence > As subscription . If you only want to vie w the pres ence information but not to s ubscribe to a contact, s elect Re que st presence > O ne time only .
58 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . View the s ubscribe d names To view the presence information, see also Search for a contact p. 54 . 1. Selec t Me nu > Contacts > Subscribed names . The status infor mation of t he first contact on the subscribed name s list is displayed. The inf ormation tha t the person wants to ma ke available to others may include t ext an d an icon. , , or indicat es that the pe rson is ava ilable, not v isible to others, or not a vailable. indicates t hat the per sonâÂÂs presence information is not ava ilable. 2. Selec t Options > View det ails to view the det ails of t he select ed contact or Options > Subscribe new , Send message , Send business card , or Un subscribe . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a cont act from the Cont a ct s list, select the contact and Options > Unsubscribe > OK . To unsubscribe from the Subscribed names menu, see View the subsc ribed names p. 58 . â Busi ness cards You can se nd and receive a personâÂÂs c ontact information fr om a compatible dev ice that supports the vCard standard as a business card. To send a business card, search for the contact whose information you want to send, and select Details > Options > Send bus iness card > Via multimedia , Via t ext message , via infrared , or Via Bluetooth . When you have r eceived a busi ness car d, sele ct Show > Save to save the business card in the phone me mory. To discard the business card, select Exit > Yes . â Setti ng s Select Menu > Contacts > Settings and from the f ollowing options:
59 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Memory in use â to select the SIM card or phone memory f or y our contacts. Select Phone and SIM to r ecall names and number from bot h memories. In that ca se, when you save name s and numbers , they are save d in the phone memory. Contacts view â to selec t how t he names and numbers in Contacts are displayed Name display â to select whether the contactâÂÂs first or last name is displayed first Font siz e â to set th e fon t size for the lis t of c ontac ts Memory status â to vie w the free and used memory capacit y â Group s Select Menu > Contacts > Groups to arrange t he names and phone numbers sa ved in the memory into c aller groups with different r inging tones and group ima ges. â Speed dials To assign a n umber to a speed-dialing key, select Men u > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to the speed- dialing number that y ou want. Select A ssig n , or if a number has already been assigned to the ke y, select Options > Change . Select Search and the contact y ou want to as sign. If the Speed dialling function is of f, the phone asks whether you want to activate it. See also Speed dialling in Call p. 72 . To make a call us ing the speed-dialing keys, see Speed dialing p. 28 . â Info, s ervic e, a nd my n umb ers Select Menu > Contacts and from one of t hese submenus: Info numbers â to call the inf ormation numbers of your service provider if t he numbers ar e included on your SIM card (network se rvice)
60 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Service numbe rs â to call the servic e numbers of your serv ice provider if the numbers are included on your SIM card (ne twork serv ice) My numbers â to v iew the phone numbers assigned t o your SIM card, if the numbe rs are i ncluded on your SIM card
61 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 8. Call log The phone regis ters your mis sed, receiv ed, and dialed calls if the network s upports it and the phone is swit ched on and wit hin the ne twork service ar ea. To view the information on your calls, select Menu > Lo g > Missed calls , Received calls , or Dialled numbers . T o view your r ecent miss ed and received calls and t he dialed number s chronologically , select Call log . To view the contacts to whom you most recently sent messages, select Message recipients . To view the approximate information on your recent communications, select Menu > Log > Call duration , P acket data counter , or P acket da ta timer . To view how many te xt and multimedia messages you ha ve s ent and rec eived, select Me nu > Log > Messa ge log . Note: The actual i nvoice for calls and services from your service provider may vary, depending on network features, round ing off for billing, taxes, an d so forth. Some timers m ay be reset during service or software u pgrades. â P os iti on ing in format ion The network may send you a location r equest. You c an ensure that t he netw ork will deliver location information of your phone only if you approve it (netwo rk service). Cont act your s ervice provider to su bscribe and to agree upon the de livery of lo cation information. To accept or reje ct the locat ion request , select A ccept or Reject . If you miss the request, the phone automatically accepts or rejects it according to what you have agreed with your network operator or service provider. Th e phone displays 1 missed position request . To view the missed location r equest, select Sho w . To view the information on the 10 most r ecent privacy notifications and requests or t o delete them, select Menu > Log > P ositioning > P os ition log > Open folder or Delete all .
62 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 9. Setting s â Profile s Your phone has v arious setting groups called prof iles, for which y ou can customize the phone tones for different events a nd environments. Select Menu > Settings > Profil es , the desired profile and from the following options: Ac tiva te â to act ivate the s elected profile P ersonalise â to personalize the profile. Select the setting you want to change, and make the changes. Timed â to s et the prof ile to be active until a cert ain time up to 24 hours, and set the e nd time. W hen the time set for th e profile expires, the previous pr ofile that was not time d becomes a ctive. â Them e s A theme contains many elements for per sonalizing your phone, such as wallpaper, sc reen saver, col or scheme, and a ringing t one. Select Menu > Settings > Them es a nd from the following options: Select theme â to set a theme in your phone. A lis t of folde rs in Galler y opens. O pen the Themes folder, and select a t heme. Theme downloads â to ope n a list of links to download more t hemes
63 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Tone s You can change the to ne settings of the selected ac tive prof ile. Select Menu > Settings > Tones . You can find the s ame settings in th e Profiles menu. See P ersonalise in Profiles p. 62 . To set the phone to r ing only for c alls from phone numbers that bel ong to a s elected caller group, select Ale rt for . Scroll to the c aller group y ou want or All cal ls , and s elect Ma rk . Select Options > Save to s ave the settings or Cancel to leave the s ettings unchanged. If you s elect the highest ri nging t one lev el, the ring ing ton e reache s its h ighest le vel after a fe w se conds. A theme may cont ain a tone that sounds when you open and close the phone. T o switch off the tone, change the setting in Oth er to nes: . Pleas e note that t his setting also switches of f the wa rning tones.
64 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Main dis play Select Menu > Settings > Main display and from the a vailable options. Stan dby mod e s ett ing s Select Standby mode settings and fr om the following options: Active standby â to switch the active s tandby mode on or off and t o organize and personaliz e the ac tive standby mode. See Active standby p. 24 . Wallpaper â to add t he background image to the display in the s tandby mode Fold animation â t o set your phone to display an animation w hen you open and close t he phone Standby font colour â t o selec t the color for the texts on the display in t he st andby mode Navigation key icons â to dis play the icons of the cur rent navigat ion key s hortcuts in th e standby mode w hen active standby is off Operator logo â to set your phone to display or hide t he operator logo. The menu is dimmed, if you have not saved the ope rator logo. For more infor mation on av ailability of an operator logo, contact your network operator. Cell info display > On â to display the cell identity, if avail able from t he network Screensaver Select Screen saver and from the f ollowing opti ons: On â to a ctivate t he screen s aver for the main display Screen saver s > Image â to choose an image or a graphic f rom the Ga l lery Screen saver s > Slide se t and a f older in the Gallery â to use the images in t he folder a s a slide set Screen saver s > Video clip and a video clip from the G allery â t o run a video c lip as sc reensaver (only on the main display)
65 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Screen saver s > O pen camer a â to ta ke a n ew p hot o a s sc re ens av er Screen saver s > Analogue clock or Digital clock â to use a cloc k as scr eensaver Graphic downloads â to dow nload more images for the screen save r Time-out â to set th e time after w hich the scr een sav er is ac tiva ted â Mini di splay Select Menu > Settings > Mini display . You can change th e settings for Wallpaper , Screen saver , and Fold animation . â Time an d da te To change the time, time zone, and date s ettings, select Me nu > Settings > Time and date > Clock , Date , or Auto-update of da te/time (network servic e). When traveling t o a dif ferent time zone, s elect Me nu > Set t in gs > Time and date > Clock > Time zone and the time zone of your location in terms of the time diffe re nce with respec t to Gr eenwic h Mean T ime (GMT ) or Universal Time Coordinated (UTC). The time and date are set acc ording to the time zone and ena ble your phone to display t he correc t sending time of receive d text or multimedia messa ges. For example, GM T -5 denotes the time zone for New York (USA), 5 hours west of Greenwich/London (UK). â My short cuts With personal s hortcuts you ge t quick access to often used functions of the phone. Left selection key To select a function f rom the lis t for the le ft selection k ey, sele ct Me nu > Se ttings > My shortcuts > Lef t selection key . See also Sta ndby mode p. 24 .
66 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If the left selection key is Go to to ac tivate a f unction, in the standby mode, select Go to > Options and from the following options : Select options â t o add a function t o the shortcut list or to remove one. Scroll to the function, and s elect Mark or Unmark . Organise â to rearrange the f unctions on your personal short cut list. Scr oll to the f unction you want to move, and select Move . Scroll to where you want to move the f unction, and select OK . Right s election key To select a function fr om the list for the right selection k ey, selec t Men u > Settin gs > My shortcuts > Right selection key . See also Sta ndby mode p. 24 . Sho rtcu t ba r To choose and r eorder applic ations shown by the shortcut bar in the active standby mode , select Menu > Settings > My sh ortcuts > Shor tcut bar . Select Select links , and mark t he desired appli cation in t he list or in a folder. Select Done > Ye s to c onfirm the selection. Select Organise links to r eorder the applic ations in the shortcut bar. Selec t an applic ation, Move , and move it t o an other position. Select OK to c onfirm. Select Done > Ye s to save the sh or tc ut sequ enc e . Nav igat ion k ey To select shortcut functions for the navigation keys, select Menu > Settings > My shortcuts > Navigati on key . Scroll to t he desired k ey, and s elect Change and a f unction from t he list. To remove a shortcut function from the key , select (empty) . To reassign a funct ion for th e key, s elect Assign . See Shortcuts in the s tandby mode p. 25 .
67 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Voice commands To call c ontacts and car ry out phone funct ions, sa y t he voice c ommands. Voice commands ar e language- dependent. To s et the language, see Voice playback language in Phone p. 74 . To select the phone functions to acti vate with a voice commands, s elect Menu > Set tings > My shortcuts > V oice commands and a folder. Scroll to a function. indicates th at the voic e tag is activated. To activat e the voice ta g, select Add . To play the act ivated voice command, select Play . To us e voice comma nds, see Enhanced voice dialing p. 28 . To manage the v oice commands, scroll to a phone function, and select from the f ollowing options: Edit or Remove â to change or deact ivate the v oice command of the selec ted function Add all or Remove all â to activate or deactivate voice command s to all functions in the voi ce commands list â Conn e cti vit y You can connec t the phone t o a compat ible device using a Bluetooth wireless t echnology or a U SB data cable connection. You can also define the settings for EGPRS dial- up connections. Blue toot h wirele ss tech nolog y This devi ce is compli ant with Blu etooth Spec ificatio n 2.0 EDR support ing the fo llowin g profiles : generic a ccess, gen eric object exchange, hands -free, headset, object push, file transfer, d ial-up networking, SIM access, and serial po rt. To ensure intero perab ilit y bet ween ot her d evic es su pport ing Bl uet ooth te chnolo gy, u se Nok ia approv ed enhance me nts fo r thi s mo del. Check with th e manufactu rers of other devices to determine th eir compatibil ity with th is device. There ma y be restri ctions on usin g Bluetooth tech nolo gy in some loca tions. Check w ith your local authorities or servic e prov ider. Features us ing Blue tooth te chnology or allowi ng such fe atures to run in the backgro und whil e using o ther featur es, increase the demand on b attery power and reduce th e battery life . Bluetooth technology allow s you to connec t the phone t o a compat ible Bluetooth devic e within 10 meters (32 feet). Since devices using Bluetooth technology comm unicate using r adio waves , your phone and the other
68 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . devices do not need t o be in dir ect line-of-sight, althou gh the conne ction can be subject to interference from obstructions such as walls or from other elect ronic devices. Set up a Bluetoo th co nnecti on Select Menu > Settings > Connect ivity > Bluetooth and from the following options: Bluetooth > On or Of f â to activate or deactivate the Bluetooth function. indicat es that Bluetooth is acti vate d. Search for audio enhanc. â to s earch for c ompatible Bluetooth audio devices . Select the device t hat you w ant to conne c t to th e ph on e. P aired devices â to sear ch for a ny Bluetooth device in range. Select New to list any Bluetooth device in range. Scroll to a device, and select Pa i r . Enter an agreed Bluetooth passcode of the devic e (up to 16 char acters) to associate (pa ir) the device to your phone. You must only give this passcode w hen you connect to the dev ice for the firs t tim e. Yo ur pho ne con nec ts to the d evice , and y ou can sta rt data trans fer. Bluet ooth wirel ess co nnecti on Select Menu > Settings > Connect ivity > Bluetooth . To check which Bluetooth connection is currently active, sel ect Active devices . To view a list of Bluetooth device s that are current ly paire d with the phone, select Paired devices . Select Options to access av ailable options depending on the s tatus of t he device and the Bluetooth connection. Bluet ooth se tting s To define how your phone is shown to ot her Bluetooth devices, select Men u > Settin gs > Connectivity > Bluetooth > Bluetooth settings > My phone's visibility or My phone's name . If you are concern ed about security, tu rn off the Blueto oth function, or se t My phone's visibi lity to Hidden . A lways a ccept only Bl uetoot h com munic ation from ot hers with w hom yo u a gree.
69 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Infrared You can set up the phone to s end and receiv e data thr ough its infrared (IR) port. To use an IR conne ction, t he device with whic h you want to establis h a connection must be IrDA c ompliant. You can send or receive data to or from a c ompatible phone or data devic e (for example, a c omputer) through t he IR port of your phone. Do not point the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eyes or allow it to inte rfere with other IR devices. Infrared devices are Cl ass 1 laser prod uct s. When sending or r eceiving data, e nsure that the IR por ts of t he sending and receiv ing devices are pointing at each other and that t here are no obstruc tions between the devices. To activat e the IR port of yo ur phone to receiv e data us ing IR, select Men u > Settin gs > Connectivity > Infrared . To deacti vate the IR connection, s elect Menu > Set t in gs > Connectivity > Infrared . When the phone displays Deactivate inf rared? , select Ye s . If data tr ansfer is not started within 2 minut es aft er the activat ion of the IR port, the connection is cancelled and must be s tarted again. IR c on nec ti on i nd ica t or When is show n continuously, th e IR connection is activated, and your phone is ready t o send or rec eive data through its IR port . When blinks, y our phone is trying to connec t to the other device, or a connection has been lost. Pac ket da ta (G PR S) General pack et radio s ervice (GPRS) is a ne twork servi ce that allows mobile phones to send and rece ive data over an Internet protocol (IP)bas ed network. It enables wir eless acce ss to data networks such as the Internet. The applicat ions that ma y use pac ket data are MMS, video streaming, browsing sessions, e-mail, Push to talk, remote SyncML, J ava applicat ion downloading, and the PC dial-up.
70 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To define how to use t he service, select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > P acket data > Packet data connection and from the following options : When needed â to set the packet data c onnection to establis hed when an applicat ion needs it . The connection will be clos ed when t he application is terminated. Always online â to set the phone to aut omatically connect t o a packe t data network when you switch t he phone on. or indicates t hat the G PRS or EGPRS service is ava ilable. If you recei ve a call or a text mes sage or make a c all during a packe t data connection, or indicates that the GPRS or EGPRS connection is suspended (on hold). Modem set tings You can connect the phone using Bluetooth wirele ss tech nology or USB data cable connection to a compat ible PC and use the phone as a mo dem to enable EGPRS connectivity from the PC. To define the settings for EGPRS connections from your PC, s elect Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Pac k e t data > P a cket data s ettings > Active access point , and ac tivate the acc ess point you want to use. Select Edit active ac cess point > Alias for access point , enter a na me to change the acc ess point s ettings, and select OK . Select P acket data acc ess point , enter t he acces s point name (APN) to es tablish a connec tion to an EG PRS network, a nd select OK . You can als o set the EGPRS dial-up service se ttings (access point name) on y our PC using the Nok ia Modem Options so ftware. See N okia PC Suite p. 114 . If you have set the settings both on your PC and on your phone, the PC settings are used. Data tra nsfer Synchronize your c alendar, c ontacts data, a nd notes with another compat ible device (for example, a mobile phone), a compat ible PC, or a remote Internet server (network s ervice). Your phone allows data transf er with a c ompatible PC or another c ompatible device whe n using the phone without a SIM ca rd. Note that when you us e the phone without a SIM c ard, some funct ions appear dimmed in the menus and c annot be used. Sy nchronizing w ith a remote Int ernet server is not possible wit hout a SIM card.
71 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Transfer c ontact list To copy or synchronize data f rom your phone, the name of the dev ice and the settings must be in the lis t of transfer contacts. If you receive data from anothe r device (for example, a compa tible mobile phone ), the corresponding transfer contact is automatically added to the list, using the contact data from the other devi ce. Server synchronisation and PC synchronisation are t he original items in the list. To add a new transfer contact t o the l ist (for example a mobile phone), select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Data transfe r > Options > Add transfer contact > Phone synchronisation or Phone copy , and enter the settings according to the t ransfer type. To edit the copy and s ynchronize settings, select a contact from the transfer contact list and Opti ons > Edit . Not e: Every individual de vice must have its ow n entry in the transfer c ontact list. Using one transfer contact for several devices is not possible. To delete a transfer contact, select it from the transfer contact list, select Options > Dele te , and confirm Dele te transfer contact? . You cannot delet e Server synchronisation or PC s ynchronisation . Data tr ansfe r with a c ompat ible device For synchronization, Bluetooth wireless technology or a cable connection is used. The other device is in the standby mode. To sta rt d ata tra nsfe r, se lect Menu > Settings > Con nectivity > Da ta trans fer an d the tra nsf er co ntact fro m the list, other than Server synchronisation or PC synchronisation . Acc ording to the settings, the selected dat a is copied or sy nchronized. The other dev ice al so must be activat ed for receiv ing data. Syn ch ron iz e fr om a c om pat ib le P C Before you synchroniz e data fr om calendar, not es, and contacts f rom a compatible PC, you must ins tall the Nokia PC Suite software of your phone on the PC. Use Bluetooth wireless tec hnology or a USB data cable for the synchronization, and start the s ynchronization from the PC.
72 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Synchr onize from a serve r To use a remote Int ernet serve r, you must subscribe to a synchronizatio n service. For mor e information and t he settings required for this service, co ntact your servic e provider. You may receive the settings as a configura tion message. See Configuration settings service p. 14 and Configuration p. 75 . If you ha ve saved data on the remot e Internet server, t o synchronize your phone, start the synchronization from your phone. Select Menu > Settings > Connect ivity > Data trans fer > Server synchronisation . Depending on the settings , sel ect Initialising synchronisation or Initialising copy . Synchronizing for th e first time or after an inter rupted synchronization may take up to 30 minutes to c omplete, if the cont acts or cale ndar ar e full. USB da ta cab le You can use the USB dat a cable to t ransfer data bet ween the phone and a c ompatible PC or a printer supporting PictBr idge. You can a lso use the U SB data cable w ith Nokia PC Suite. To activat e the phone for da ta transfe r or image printing, connec t the data cable; w hen the p hone dis plays USB data cable connect ed. Select mode. , select OK . Se lect fr om the following mode s: Default mode â to use t he cable f or PC Suite Printing â to pr int images direct ly from t he phone using a compatible pr inter To change th e USB mode, se lect Menu > Set tings > Connec tivity > U SB data cable > D efault mode , Printing , or Data storage . â Cal l Select Menu > Settings > Call and from the following options: Call divert â to divert your inco ming calls (networ k service). You may not be a ble to dive rt your calls if some call barring functions are a ctive. See Call bar ring service in Security p. 76 .
73 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Anykey answer > On â t o answer an incoming call by briefly pressing any key, exce pt the power key, the camera key, th e left and right select ion keys, or the end key Answ . when fold opene d > On â to answer an inc oming ca ll by opening t he fold Automatic redial > On â to make a maximum of 10 attempts to connect the call af ter an unsuccess ful call attempt Speed dialling > On â to dial the names and phone numbers as signed to t he speed-dialing key s 2 to 9 by pressing and holding the corresp onding number ke y Call waiting > Acti va te â t o have the network notify you of an incoming call while you have a call in progress (networ k service). See Call waiting p. 30 . Summary after call > On â to br iefly display the approximat e duration and cost (network service) of t he call after each call Send my caller ID > Yes â to s how your phone number to the pe rson you are calli ng (network s ervice). To us e the setting agreed upon wit h your servic e provider, select Set by network . Line for outgoing calls â to select the phone line 1 or 2 for making calls if supported by your SIM card (network se rvi ce) .
74 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Phone Select Menu > Settings > Phone a nd from the following options: Language settings â to set the display language of your phone, select P hone language . If you select Automatic , the phone selects the language according to the information on the SIM car d. To select the U SIM card language, select SIM language . To set a language for the v oice playback , select V oice playbac k language . See E nhanced voice d ialing p. 28 and V oice commands in My shortcu ts p. 65 . Securit y keyguar d â to s et t he pho ne to a sk fo r th e sec uri t y code wh en you unlock the keyguard. Enter the security code, and select On . Welcome note â to wr ite the not e you would like to be shown brief ly when t he phone is s witched on Flight query > On â the phone ask s every t ime when it is switc hed on whet her the flight profile shall be used. With flight prof ile all radio connec tions are switched off. The flight prof ile should be used in areas sensitive to radio emissions. Phone updates â to r eceive phone software upda tes from your service provider (networ k service). This option may not be available, depending on your phone. See Phone s oftware updates p. 77 . Operator select ion > Automatic â to se t the phone t o automatically select one of the c ellular networ ks available in your area. With Manual you can selec t a network t hat has a roaming agr eement with your service provider. Confirm SIM serv . actions â See SIM service s p. 105 . Help text activ ation â to s elect wh ether the phone s hows help t exts Start-up tone > On â the phone plays a tone when it is s witched on
75 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Enh ancem en ts This menu or t he following options are shown only if t he phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhancement. Select Menu > Settings > Enhanceme nts . Select an enhancement, and depending on t he enhancement, from the following options : Default profile â t o select t he profile t hat you w ant to be aut omatically activated w hen you connect to t he selected enhanc ement Automatic answer â to set the phone to ans wer an incoming ca ll automatically after 5 seconds. If Incoming call alert is s et to Beep once or Off , automatic answer is of f. Lights â to set the lights permanently On . Select Automatic to set the lights on for 15 seconds aft er a key press. Te xt phone > Us e text phone > Ye s â to us e the t ext phone sett ings instead of he adset or loops et settings If your phone is provided with a hearing aid coil selec t Hearing aid > T-coil hearing aid mode > On to optimise the sound quality when using a t-coil hearing aid. The icon is s hown when t he T-coil hearing aid mode is active. â Conf ig ur ati on You can configur e your p hone with settings that are required for cer tain ser vices to funct ion correct ly. The services ar e multimedia messaging, IM, synchroniz at ion, e-mail applica tion, str eaming, and browser. Your service provide r may a lso send y ou these settings. See Conf iguration settings service p. 14 . Select Menu > Settings > Configuration and from the f ollowing options: Default config. settings â to view t he service providers s aved in t he phone. Scr oll to a service provider, and sel ect Details to view th e applicat ions that the conf iguration settings of this ser vice provider s upport. To s et the configuration settings of t he service provider as default settings, select Options > Set as default . To delete configuration settings, select Del ete . Activ . de fault in all apps. â to ac tivate the def ault configuration settings for su pported applications
76 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Preferred access point â to view the saved access points. Scroll to an access point, and select Options > D etails to view t he name of the servi ce provider, data bearer, and pack et data acc ess point or G SM dial-up number. Connect to serv . support â to download th e configuration s ettings from your service provider Device manager settings â to allow or prevent the phone from receiving phone software upda tes. This option may not be available, depending on your phone. See Phone s oftware updates p. 77 . P ersonal config. s ettings â to add new pe rsonal accounts for various s ervices manually , and to activate or delete them. To add a new personal acc ount if you have not added any, select Add ; otherwise, select Options > Add new . Select the service type, and select and enter each of the r equired parameters. The parameters differ according to the sele cted service type. To delete or a ctivate a personal a ccount, scr oll to it, and select Options > Delete or Ac tiva t e . â Secu rity When securi ty featu res that rest rict calls are in use (s uch as call bar ring, clos ed user gr oup, and fixed dia lling) calls still may be p ossi ble to the offic ial e merg enc y numbe r pr ogram me d into y our de vi ce. Select Menu > Settings > Securi ty and from t he following options: PIN code request and UPIN code request â to se t the phone to ask f or your PIN or UPIN code every t ime the phone is swit ched on. Some SIM c ards do not allow the code r equest to be turned off . PIN2 code request â to s elect whether t he PIN2 cod e is r equired when using a specific phone feature which is protected by the PIN2 code. Some SIM cards do not allow the code request to be turned off. Call barring service â to restrict incoming c alls to and outgoing calls f rom your phone (network service). A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to restri ct your outgoing ca lls to s elected phone number s if th is function is s upported by your SIM card Closed user group â to specify a g roup of people w hom you can call and who can call you (net work service )
77 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Security level > Phone â to s et the phone to ask for t he securi ty c ode whenever a new SIM card is inserted into the phone. If you select Memory , the phone a sks for the secur ity code when the SIM card memory is selec ted, and you want t o chan ge the memory in use. Access codes â to ch ange the secur ity code, PIN code, U PIN code, PIN2 code , or bar ring password Code in use â to select whet her the PIN code or UPIN code should be activ e Authority certif icates or User certificates â to view the lis t of the authority or us er ce rtificates downloaded into your phone. See Ce rtificates p. 112 . Security module settings â to vie w Security module details , acti vate Module PIN request , or change the module PIN and signing PIN. See also Access c odes p. 14 . â Phone soft ware up date s Your service provider may send phone s oftware update s over the air directly to your de vice. This option may not be available, depending on your phone. Warni ng: If you install a software update, you cannot use the devi ce, even t o make eme rgency c alls, until the update is completed and the device is restarted. Be sure to bac kup data before accepting a softw are update. Se ttin g s To allowed or disallow phone software updates, select Men u > Se ttings > Conf iguration > D evice manager settings > Service prov . s w updates and following options: Always allow â to per form all s oftware downloads and updates aut omatically Confirm first â to perform software downloads and update s only after your confirmat ion (default setting) Always r eject â to reject all software updates
78 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Depending on your settings you wi ll be notif ied that a software update is available f or download or has been downloaded and ins talled automati cally. Requ est a s oftw are up date Select Menu > Settings > Phone > Phone updates t o request a vailable phone s oftware updates fr om your service provide r. Selec t Current software details to display t he current software version and check whether an update is neede d. Select Download phone softw . t o download and ins tall a phone software updat e. Follow t he instructions on the display. Insta l l a soft ware upda te Select Ins tall software update to start t he installation, whe n the installat ion was cance lled after the dow nload. The software upda te may take sever al minutes. If there are problems with the inst allation, contact your service provider. â Restor e fac tor y set tings To reset some of the menu settings to their original values, selec Menu > Settings > Restore fa ctory sett. . Ente r the secur ity code. The names and phone numbers saved in Contacts are not deleted.
79 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you acce ss a port al to ser vices provide d by y our net work operator. The name and t he icon depend on t he operator. For more informat ion contact y our network oper ator. If t his menu is not shown the following menu number s change ac cordingly. The operator c an update this menu with a service me ssage. F or more infor mation, see Ser vice inbox p. 110 .
80 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1 1. Galle ry In this menu you c an manage images, video clips , music files, themes, gr aphics, tones, recordings, and received files. These files ar e stored i n the phone me mory or a attached microSD memory car d and may be arranged in folders . Your phone suppor ts an act ivation key sy stem to prot ec t acquired content. Always check the delivery terms of any content and activation key before acquir ing them, as they may be s ubject t o a fee . Co pyr ig ht p ro tect i ons may pre ven t so me i mages, mus ic (in clu di ng r in gin g to ne s), and oth e r con ten t f ro m be in g copi ed, modified, transferred or forw arded. To see the list of f olders, s elect Menu > Gallery . To see the available opt ions of a f older, selec t a folder > Options . To view the list of files in a folder, s elect a folder > Open . To see the available options of a file, select a file > Options . â Print i mage s Your device s upports Nokia XPr essPrint. To connect it t o a compat ible printer use a data cable or send the image via Bluet ooth to a print er supporting Bluetoot h technology. See Connec tivity p. 67 . You can print images that are in th e JPEG for mat. The image s tak en with the camer a are aut omatically saved in the JP EG format. Select the image you want to print and O ptions > Print .
81 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Memo ry car d Keep all memory cards out of the reach of small children. You can use the microSD memor y car d to store y our multimedia f iles such as video clips, music t racks, and sound files, photos, and messaging da ta, and to bac k up information f rom phone memory. Details of how you can us e the me mory card w ith other features and applications of your phone ar e given in the sect ions describing thes e features and applications. T o insert and remove the microSD memory card see Insert a microSD card p. 18 and Remove the micr oSD card p. 18 . The following options may can also be accessed f rom the G allery . Forma t th e me mory ca rd When a me mory card is f ormatted, all da ta on t he card is permanently lost. Some memor y cards are supplied preformatted and others require f ormatting. Consult your ret ailer to find out if yo u must format the memory card before you can use it. 1. Selec t Me nu > Applications and the memory card f older . 2. Selec t Options > For mat memory card . 3. Selec t Ye s to confirm. 4. When f ormatting is comple te, enter a name for the memor y card (up t o 11 letters or numbers). Lock the memory car d To set a password to lock your me mory card t o help pr event unauthorized us e, select Options > Set password . You are aske d to enter and confirm your password. T he passw ord can be up t o eight c haracters long. The password is stored in your phone and y ou do not have to enter it again while you ar e using the memory card on the same phone. If you w ant to use the memory c ard on anot her phone, you ar e ask ed for the pas sword.
82 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Unlock a memory card If you insert another passwor d-protected memor y card into your phone, you are prompted t o enter the password of t he card. To unlock the card, select Options > D elete password . Once the password is r emoved, the memory card is unlocked and can be used on anot her phone without a password. Che ck memory c onsumpt ion To check the memory consumption of differ ent data groups and the av ailable memory for installing new applications or software on your memory card, s elect Options > Details .
83 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 12. Me dia When ta king and usin g images or video cli ps, obey all l aws and res pect loca l customs as well a s privacy and legiti mate rights of othe rs. â Cam er a You can take phot os or r ecord video clips with the built-in came ra. Take a pho to To start the camera, press the camera key in the standby mode, or select Menu > Media > Camera . To take an image in landsca pe format, hold t he phone in a horizontal position. Press the navigation k ey left or right to c hange between camera (still image) and v ideo mode. To zoom in and out in the camera mode, press the nav igation key up and down, or the volume keys. To take a phot o, select Capture , or press the came ra key. The phone saves the phot o in Gallery > Images . To take a self-portra it, close t he fold and use the mini display as a view finder. Pres s the c amera key. Select Options to se t Night mode on if t he lighting is dim, Self-timer on to a cti vate the se lf- timer, Img. sequence on to take photos in a fast sequence. With t he highest image s ize sett ing 3 photos are t aken in a sequence, with other size settings 5 photos are taken. Select Options > Settings > Image preview time and a prev iew time to display the taken photo on the displa y. During the preview time, select Back to take anot her photo or Send to send t he photo as a multimedia message. Your de vice supp orts an ima ge capt ure resoluti on of 12 80 x 960 pixels. The image resolu tion in t hese ma terials m ay app ear different.
84 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Record a video clip To select the video mode, scroll le ft or right , or select O ptions > Video . To start t he vide o recording, select Record . To paus e the recording, select Pa u s e ; to resume the recording, select Continue . To stop the rec ording, sel ect Stop . The phone saves the r ecording in Gallery > Video clips . Came ra optio ns To use a filter wi th the c amera, s elect O ptions > Effects > False colours , G reyscale , Sepia , Negative , or Solarise . To change th e camer a settings, s elect O ptions > Settings . â Media pl aye r With the media player you can v iew, play, a nd download files, such as images, audio, video, and animat ed images. You can also v iew compatible str eaming videos from a network s erver (networ k service ). Select Menu > Media > Media player > Open gallery , Bookmarks , Go to address , or Media downloads to sele c t or download media. Select Menu > Media > Media player > FF/Rew interval to set the s tep width for fast forward or rewind. Conf igurat ion f or a st reaming service You may receive t he configuration settings re quired for streaming as a conf iguration message from the se rvice provider. Se e Configuration settings service p. 14 . You can also enter the set tings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . To ac tivate the se ttings, do the f ollowing: 1. Selec t Me nu > Media > Media player > St reaming settings > Configuration . Only th e configurations that support streaming are shown. 2. Selec t a serv ice provider, Default , or P ersonal configuration for st ream ing. 3. Selec t Account and a streaming s ervice account contained in t he activ e configuration settings.
85 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Musi c play er Your phone includes a music play er for listening to mus ic track s, recordings or ot her MP3 or AAC sound f iles that you hav e transferre d to the phone w ith the Noki a Audio Manager app lication, whic h is part of Nokia PC Suite. See Nokia PC Suite p. 114 . Music files stored in a folder in t he phone memory or in a f older of the mult imedia car d, will aut omatically be detected and added to th e default track list. To open th e music play er, select Menu > Media > M usic play er . Pl ayi ng th e m us ic t r ack s War ni ng! Lis ten to music at a moderate le vel. Con tinuous expos ure to high vol ume may damage your hearing. When you open the Music player menu, the details of the first track on the default track list are shown. T o play, sel ect . To adjust th e volume lev el, use the v olume ke ys on the s ide of the phone . To stop t he playing, s elect . To skip to t he next track, select . To sk ip to the beginning of the previous track, select . To rewind t he current track, select and hold . T o fast forward the curren t track, s elect a nd hold . Re lease the key at the pos ition you w ant. Sett ing s fo r t he mu sic pl aye r In the Music player menu th e following options may be av ailable: Track list â View all the tr acks avai lable on the trac k list and play the desired track. To play a track, scroll to t he desired t rack, an d select Play .
86 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If you select Options , you ca n ref resh the track list (for example, af ter adding new tr acks to t he list) and change the track lis t t hat is shown w hen you open t he Music player menu if several t rack lists are ava ilable in the phone. You als o my send a track to anot her phone. Play options â Se lect Random t o play t he tracks on the tr ack list in rando m order. Selec t Repeat to pl ay th e current track or th e entire tr ack list r epeatedly . Select Music sou rce to select a f older with music tr acks. Media equaliser â Select or def ine an equaliz er s etting. See Equaliz er p. 89 . Loudspeaker / Headset â Lis ten to the music playe r using the phone loudspeaker or headset. (Only if a heads et is attached) Tip: When u sing a headse t , pres s the h ead set ke y to ski p to th e ne xt trac k. Web page â to access a Web page associat ed with th e currently pl ayed tr ack. D immed if no Web page is available. Music downloads â to connec t to a browser servic e related t o the c urrent track. This funct ion is only av ailable when the address of the service is included in the t rack. â Rad io The FM radio de pends o n an a ntenna o ther than the wi reless dev iceâÂÂs a ntenna. A compa tible hea dset o r enhanc ement nee ds to be attach ed to the device for the FM radio to function pro perly. Warni ng : Listen t o music at a m oderate level. Continuou s expos ure to hi gh vol ume m ay da mage yo ur hear ing. Do not hold the devic e near your ear when the loudsp eaker is in use , because the vo lume may be extreme ly loud. Select Menu > Media > Radio . To use the graphical k eys , , , or on the display, scroll left or rig ht to the desired key, and select it.
87 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Save radio f requencies 1. To start the search, sele ct and hold or . To change the radio frequency in 0.05 MHz steps, briefly press or . 2. To save a fr equency to a memory loca tion, 1 to 9, press and hold the corresponding number key. To save a frequency to a memory location from 10 t o 20, press br iefly 1 or 2 , and press and hold the des ired number key, 0 to 9 . 3. Ent er t he name of the radio station. Listen to the radio Select Menu > Media > Radio . To s croll to t he desire d frequency, select or , or pr ess the heads et ke y. To select a radio station, briefly pres s t he cor responding number keys. T o a djust the volume, pr ess t he volume keys. Select from the f ollowing opt ions: Switch off â to turn off the radio Save station â to s ave a new radio stat ion Visual Radio â to s et whether the Vis ual Radio applicat ion is used (net work service). To ch eck the availability and costs, contact your net work operator or service pr ovider. Some radio stations may send t ext or graphical information that you can vi ew using the Vis ual Radio applicat ion. Visual Radio s ettings â to select t he options for Visual Radio . T o set whet her the applica tion star ts automatically when you turn on t he radio, select Enable visual servic e > Automatically . To ac cess a Web si te with a list of radio s tations, select Station direct ory . If available, their visual radio ID is shown. Stations â to select the list of saved stations. To delete or rename a stat ion, scroll t o the de sired station, and sel ect Options > Delet e station or Rename . Mono output or Ster eo output â to li sten to the r adio in monophonic s ound or in stereo Loudspeaker or Headset â to lis ten to t he radio using t he loudspeake r or headse t. Keep the headset connect ed to the phone. The l ead of the he adset functions as the ra dio antenna.
88 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Set frequency â to enter t he frequency of t he desired radio s tation You can normally ma ke a call or answer an incoming call while listening to t he radio. During the c all, the volume of the radio is muted. When an a pplication using a pac ket data or H SCSD connection is sending or r eceiving data, it may interfere with the r adio. â V o ice record er You can recor d pieces of speech, s ound, or a n active call, and s ave them in Gallery . T his is usef ul when recording a name and phone number to write down later. The recorder cann ot be used when a data call o r GPRS connection is active . Record s ound 1. Selec t Me nu > Media > V oice re corder . To use the graphical k eys , , or on the dis play, scroll le ft or right t o the desi red key, a nd select it. 2. To start the recording, s elect . T o start t he recording during a call, select Options > Record . While recording a call, all par ties to the call hear a faint bee ping sound. W hen recording a call, hold t he phone in the normal pos ition near to your ear. To pause the recording, s elect . 3. To end the recor ding, sele ct . The r ecording is saved in Gallery > Recordings . To listen to t he latest recording, s elect Options > Play las t recorded . To send the las t recording, select Options > Send las t recor ded . To see the list of rec ordings in Gallery , sel e ct Options > Recordings list > Recordings .
89 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Equalize r You can contr ol the so und quality whe n using the music player by amplif ying or diminishing frequency ba nds. Select Menu > Media > Equaliser . To activat e a set, s croll to one of th e equalizer se ts, and sele ct Ac tiv at e . To view, edit, or rename a selected set, select O ptions > View , Edit , or Rename . Not all sets can be edited or renamed. â St ereo wid enin g Stereo widening enhances th e audio output of t he music player by enabling a wide r ster eo sound effect . To change the setting, select Menu > Media > Stereo widening .
90 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 13. Or g ani zer â Alar m clock You can se t the phone t o alarm a t a desired t ime. Select Menu > Organiser > Alar m clock . To set the a larm, select Alarm time , and enter the alarm time. To change the al arm time when the alar m time is set, sele ct On . To set t he phone to alert you on select ed days of the w eek, sele ct Repeat alar m . To select the alarm tone or set the radio as the alarm tone, select Alarm tone . I f you select the radio as an alarm tone, connect the headset to the phone. The phone use s the last radio s tation you lis tened to as the alarm, and the alarm pla ys through th e loudspeake r. If you remove the hea dset or swit ch off the phone, the def ault alarm tone replace s the radio. To set a snooze time-out , select Snooz e time-out and the time. Stop th e alar m The phone s ounds an alert tone, and flashes Alar m! and t he current t ime on the display, ev en if the phone was switched off . To stop t he alarm, select Stop . If you let the phone continue to sound t he alarm for a minut e or sel ect Snooze , t he alarm st ops for the t ime you s et in Snooze time-out , the n r esume s. If the alarm time is reached while th e device is switch ed off, the device s witches itself o n and starts soundin g the alarm tone . If you sele ct Stop , the device asks whether you want to a ctivate the d evice for cal ls. Se lect No to switch o ff the device or Ye s to make and rece ive calls. Do not select Ye s when wirele ss phone use may cause in terfer ence or da nger.
91 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Cal en da r Select Menu > O rganiser > Calendar . The curre nt day is indica ted by a frame . If there ar e any not es set for the day , the da y is in bold type, a nd the beginning of the note is shown below the calendar. T o view t he day not es, select View . To vi ew a week , select Options > Week view . To delete all notes in the calendar, select the month or week view, and s elect Options > Delete all notes . Other options f or the day view may be to make a not e; delete, edit, move, or repeat a note; copy a note to another day; send a note wit h Bluetooth technology; or send a not e to the c alendar of anot her compatible phone as a text message or multime dia message. In Settings you can set th e date, time, time zone, dat e or time format, date sep arator, default view, or the first day of the week . In Auto-delete note s you can set the phone to delete ol d notes automatically after a s pecified time. Make a calendar note Select Menu > O rganiser > Calendar . Scroll to t he date, and select Option s > Make a note and one of the following note type s: Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . Fill in t he fields. Note alar m The phone dis plays the not e and if set, sounds a t one. With a call note on the display, to call the display ed number, press the call key. To stop the alarm and t o view the note, select Vie w . To st op the alarm for 10 minute s, select Sno oze . To stop t he alarm without viewing th e note, select Exit .
92 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â To-d o list To save a not e for a ta sk th at y ou must do, se l ect Menu > Organiser > To-do list . To make a note if no not e is added, selec t Add ; ot herwise, select Options > Ad d . Fill in the f ields, and selec t Save . To view a note, s croll to it, a nd se lect View . While viewing a note, you ca n also se lect an option t o edit the attributes. You ca n also sel ect an option t o delete the select ed note an d delete all t he notes that y ou have marked as done. You can sort t he notes by pr iority or by deadline , send a note to another phone as a text message or a multimedia messa ge, save a note as a calendar not e, or access the cale ndar. â Notes To write and send notes, select Menu > O rganiser > Notes . To make a note if no not e is added, selec t Add ; ot herwise, select Options > Make a note . Write the note, and sel ect Save . Other options include deleting and editing a not e. While editing a not e, you ca n also exit the text editor without saving the changes. You can send the not e to compatible de vices by Blue tooth wireless technology, text mes sage, or a mult imedia message. â Cal cu la tor The calcula tor in your phone provides b asic ar ithmetic and trigonometric functions, calculates the square and the squa re root, the inverse of a number, and c onverts c urrency value s. Note: This ca lculator has limi ted accuracy and is desi gned for simple ca lculat ions. Select Menu > O rganiser > Calculator . When 0 is displayed on the screen, ent er the fir st number in the calculation. Pr ess # for a de cimal point. Scroll t o the desir ed operation or funct ion or select it from t he
93 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Options . Enter t he second number. Repeat this sequence as many times as it is necessary. To start a new calculation, f irst select and hold Clear . To perform a currency conversion, select Menu > O rganiser > Calculator . To s ave the exchange rate, se lect Options > Exc hange rate . Selec t eit her of the displ ayed options . Enter the ex change rat e, press # for a decimal point, and selec t OK . T he exchange r ate remains in the memory until you replace it with anot her one. To perform the curren cy conversion, enter t he amount to be convert ed, and select Options > In domes tic or In foreign . Note: When yo u chang e base c urrency, you must ent er new e xchange rates because all previ ously set exchang e rates are cleared. â Coun td ow n time r Select Menu > O rganiser > Countdo wn timer . Enter the alarm time in hours, minutes, and s econds, a nd select OK . If you wi sh, write your own note text that is displayed when the time expires. To start t he countdow n timer, se lect Start . To cha nge the countdown time, se lect Change time . To stop the timer, select Stop timer . If the alarm t ime is reac hed when the phone is in the standby mode, the phone sounds a tone and flas hes the note text if it is se t or Countdown time up . To stop t he alarm, press any key. If no key is pressed, the alarm automatically stops within 60 se conds. To stop the alarm a nd delete t he note text, select Exit . To re sta rt th e countdown timer, s elect Re s t art . â Stopw atch You can meas ure time, take intermedi ate times, or tak e lap times us ing the stopw atch. During timi ng, the ot her functions of t he phone can be used. T o set the stopwatch t iming in the background, pr ess the end key. Using the st opwatch or allo wing it to run in the b ackground when usi ng other feature s increases the d emand on battery powe r and r edu ces t he ba tter y li fe. Select Menu > O rganiser > Stopwat ch and fr om the following options:
94 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Split timing â to take interme diate times. To start t he time observation, select Start . Selec t Split every t ime that you wa nt to take an inter mediate time. To st op the time obs ervation, s elect St op . To save the meas ured time, s elect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > Start . The new time is added to the previous t ime. To res et the time wit hout saving it , selec t Res e t . Lap timing â t o take lap times Continue â t o view t he timing that you have set in the background Show last â to v iew the mo st recent ly measured time if the stopwatch is not res et View times or D elete times â t o view or delete the saved t imes
95 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 14. Push to talk Select Menu > Pus h to talk . Push to talk (PTT) over c ellular is a two- way radio service av ailable over a G PRS cellular net work (network service). You can use PTT to have a conv ersation with one per son or with a group of people (channel) hav ing compatible devices. While you are connected to the PTT se rvice, you ca n use the other functions of the phone . To check availability and c osts, and t o subscribe to the service, c ontact your net work operator. Roaming services may be more limit ed than for normal calls. Before you c an use the PT T service, you must def ine the requir ed PTT service settings . See PTT set ti ngs p. 100 and Configuration settings p. 101 . â Push to talk chan nels A PTT channel comprises a gr oup of people (for example, friends or a wor kteam) who joined t he channel aft er they whe re invited to. W hen you call a c hannel, all me mbers joined to the c hannel hear t he call s imultaneously. There are different types of PTT channels: Public channel â Every channel member can invit e other persons . Private channel â Only persons which receive an invitation by t he channel creator can join in. Provisioned channel â A permanent channe l is c reated by t he service provider. You can set the status of each c hannel to Act i ve or Inactive . The number of active channels and the number of me mbers per cha nnel is limit ed. Contact your service provider for details.
96 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Crea te a chann el To add a channel, s elect Menu > Pus h to talk > Add channel and enter the s ettings in the for m fields: Channel name: â Enter a name for the new channel. Channel status: â Select Acti ve to set the c hann el acti ve, or Inactive to disable the channel. Nickname in channel: â Enter your nick name to be s hown the new channel. Channel security: > Public channel or Private channel Image: â Select Change and an image from the Gallery or the Def ault graphic to set a gr aphic for the new channel. To send an invit ation to t he channel, s elect Ye s when the phone requests it. The recipient of t he invitation is added to the member lis t of the channel when th e invitation i s accepted. To send fur ther invitations se lect Menu > Push t o talk > Ch annel list , a channel, and Options > Send invitation . To send the invitat ion use a text message or IR. To add a pr ovisioned channel, select Me nu > Pus h to talk > A dd channel > Options > Edit address manually . Enter th e Channel address: provided by your service provider. Receive an invitation 1. W hen you receive a text message invit ation to a c hannel, Channel invitation r eceived: is displaye d. 2. To view the nickname of the person who sent t he invi tation and the channel address if the channel is not a private cha nnel, select View . 3. To add the cha nnel to your phone , select Save . 4. To set the status for the channel, se lect Act iv e or Inactive . To reject the invit ation, select Exit > Ye s , or s elect View > Dis card > Ye s .
97 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Switc h PTT on and off To connect to the PTT service, select Men u > Push to talk > Swit ch PTT on , or pr ess and hold t he PTT (volume up) key. indicates the PTT c onnection. indicate s that th e service is temporarily unavailable. If you ha ve added channels to the phone, you are automatica lly joined to the active channels. You may assign a default function to the PTT (volume up ) key to open t he channel lis t, the cont acts list or a single channel or contact. Se e PTT settings p. 100 . To disconnect from the PTT s ervice, select Sw itch PTT off . â Make and rec eive a P TT ca ll Warni ng : Do not hold th e device near your ear when the louds peaker is in use, becau se the vo lume may be extremely lo ud. To make a channel call, a one-to-one call, or a call t o multiple recipients, you mus t hold the PT T (volume up) key as long as you talk. To lis ten to the response, rele ase the PTT (volume up) key. Talk ing is allowed on a firs t- come, first -served basis. When you stop talking, the f irst pe rson to pres s and hold the PT T key c an talk next. You may be a ble to che ck the login status of your contact s in Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list . This service depends on yo ur network operat or and is only availab le for subscr ibed contacts . To subscr ibe a cont act, select Options > Subscribe contact , or if one or more contacts are already marked Subscribe marke d . or indicate th at the per son is eit her availa ble or unknown . indicates th at the per son wants not to be dis turbed, but can rece ive callback requests. indicates that the person has PTT not switched on. Make a channel call To make a call t o a channel, select Channel list in the PTT me nu, scroll t o the desire d channel, and pres s and hold the PTT (volume up) key. A t one indicates that the acc ess is granted, and t he phone displa ys your nickna me and channel name.
98 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Make a one-t o-one call To start a one-to-one call f rom the lis t of contact s to which you ha ve adde d the PTT addr ess, select Contacts > Names or Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and press and hold the PTT (volume up) key. To start a one- to-one call from the list of PTT channels, select Channel list, scroll to t he desired channel, and sel ect Membe rs . Scroll to the des ired contact, a nd press and hold the PTT (volume up) key . To start a one- to-one call f rom the list of callback requests you have received, select Callback inbox . Scroll to the desire d nickname, and press and hold the PTT (volume up) key . Make a P TT call to multiple r ecipients You can se lect multiple PT T contacts f rom the contact lis t. The recipients receive an incoming call and need to accept the call in order to part icipate. If supported by your network operator, you also may select contacts with a phone number but without PTT number. For details, conta ct your network op erator. 1. Selec t Me nu > Pus h to talk > Cont acts list , and mark the desire d contacts. 2. Press and hold the PTT (volume up) key to start the call. The participating contact s are shown on the display, as soon as they join the call. 3. Press and hold t he PTT (volume up) key to t alk to them. Release t he PTT (volume up) key t o hear the response. 4. Pr ess the end key t o terminate the call. Receive a P TT call A short tone notifies you of an incoming PTT call. Informations, such as the channel, t he phone number, or the nickname (network service) of the caller are displayed. You can eit her accept or reject an incoming one- to-one call if you have set the phone to first notify you of t he one-to-one calls .
99 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . When you press and hold the PTT (volume up) key while the caller is t alking, you hea r a queuing tone, and Que ui ng is displayed. Press and hold the PTT (volume up) k ey, and wai t for the ot her person t o finish; then you can talk immediately. â Cal lba ck re que sts If you make a one-t o-one call and do not get a response, you can send a request for the person to ca ll you back. Send a cal lback requ est You can se nd a callback request in the following wa ys: To send a callback request from the contacts list in the Pus h to talk menu, select Contacts lis t . Scroll to a contact, and select Options > Send c allback . To send a callback request from Cont acts , sear ch for th e desired cont act, and select Detail s . Scroll t o the PTT address, a nd select Options > Send callback . To send a callback request from the channel list in t he PTT menu, select Channel list , and s croll to the desired channel. Selec t Mem ber s , scroll t o the des ired contact , and se lect Options > Send callback . To send a callback request fro m the callba ck request list in the Push to talk menu, select Callback inbox . Scroll to a co ntact, and select Options > Send callbac k . Respond to a callback r equest When someone s ends you a callback reques t, Callback reques t receive d is displayed in the standby mode. To open the Callback inbox , select Vi e w . Th e list of nicknames of t he persons who have s ent you callback requests is shown. To make a one-to-one call, select the des ired request and press and hold the PT T (volume up) ke y. To send a call r equest back to t he sender , select Options > Send callback . To delet e the reques t, select Delet e .
100 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To save a new co ntact or to add the PTT addres s to a contact from a re ceived callback request, select Options > Save as or Add to c ontact . â Add a one-t o-one c ontact You can sa ve the name s of persons to whom yo u often make one-to-one calls in the following ways: To add a PTT address t o a name in Contacts , search for the desired contact, select Deta il s > Options > Add detail > Push to talk address . A contact will only appe ar in th e PTT contac t list, if th e PTT address is entered. To add a cont act to the PTT contacts list, select Menu > Push t o talk > Contact s list > O ptions > A dd contact . To add a cont act from the channel list, connect to the PTT service, select Channel list , and scrol l to the des ired channel. Selec t Mem ber s , scroll t o the member w hose cont act informa tion you want t o save, and select Options . To add a ne w contact , select Save as . T o add a PTT address to a name in Con t ac ts , sele c t Add to contact . â PTT s ettings Select Menu > Push to t alk > Push to talk settings . 1 to 1 calls > On â to s elect the phone to allow the recept ion of incoming one-to-one calls . To make but not receive one- to-one calls , selec t Of f . T he service pr ovider may offer s ome ser vices that override t hese settings. To set the phone to f irst notify you of incoming one- to-one calls w ith a ringing t one, select Notify . PTT key default function â to set t he PTT (v olume up) key to followi ng functions: Open contact list , Ope n channel list , Call contact or group . Se lect a c ontact, a gr oup, or Call PTT channel and sele ct a c hannel. When you press and hold the PTT (volume up) key, the selected funct ion will be per formed. Show my login status â to enable or disable the s ending of the lo gin status PTT status in startup > Ye s or Ask fir st â to set the phone to aut omatically c onnect to t he PTT s ervice when y ou switch the phone on
101 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Push to talk wh en abroad â to switch the PTT service on or off whe n the phone is used outside of the home network Send my PTT address > No â to hide your PTT address from channel and one-to-one calls â Con fig urat ion set ti ngs You may receiv e the s ettings for connect ing to th e service from your s ervice provider. See Configuration settings service p. 14 . You can enter the s ettings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . To select the settings for connect ing to the service, select Men u > Push t o talk > Configuration sett. . Select from the following opt ions: Configuration â t o select a service provider, Default , or P ers onal configuration for PT T service . Only t he configurations that support the PT T service are sho wn. Account â to select a PT T service account c ontained in the ac tive configurat ion settings Other parame ters are Push to talk user name , Default nickname , Push to talk password , D omain , and Server address . â We b Select Menu > Pus h to talk > We b to acces s the Internet site of your PTT provide r.
102 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 15. Applicatio ns In this menu you can mana ge applications and games. Thes e files are s tored in t he phone memor y or a attached microSD memory card and ma y be arranged in folder s. For options to format or lock and unlock t he memory card see Memory card p. 81 . â Lau nch a ga me Your phone softwa re includes s ome games. Select Menu > Applicat ions > G ames . Scroll to the desired game, and select Ope n . To set sounds, light s, and shakes for the game, select Menu > Applications > O ptions > Applic ation settings . For more options related t o a game, see Some applic ation opt ions p. 102 . â Lau nch an a pp licat ion Your phone softwa re includes s ome Java applications. Select Menu > Applicat ions > Collec tion . Scroll t o an applicat ion, and se lect Op e n . â Some a pplic ation optio ns Dele te â to delet e the appli cation from the phone Details â t o give additional information about the application Update version â t o check if a new version of the application is available for download f rom Web (network se rvi ce) Application access â to res trict the application f rom access ing the network. Differ ent categories are sh own. Select in each categor y one of the ava ilable permissions.
103 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Web page â to provide further information or additional dat a for the applic ation from a n Internet pa ge (network service). It is only shown if an Internet addres s has been provided with the application. â Downlo ad an applicati on Your phone supports J2ME Java appli cations. Make sure tha t the application is compatible with your phone before downloadi ng it. Imp ortan t: Only install and use applications and other software from sources that offer a dequate security and protection against harmful software. You can download new Java applications and games in different ways. Use the Nokia Application Installer from PC Suit e to download the applications to your phone, or select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > Application do wnloads ; the lis t of available bookmarks is shown. See Bookmarks p. 108 . For the a vailability of different s ervices, pricin g, and tar iffs, contact y our service pr ovider. Your device may have some bookmarks lo aded for sites not affiliated with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these sites. If you choose to access the m, you should take the s ame precautio ns, for security or content, as you wou ld with any In tern et sit e. â Pr esent er The Presenter enable s you t o control sl ide presentations (compatible with Microsoft Off ice PowerPoint), a software DVD , an MP3 player, or other PC applications remotely fr om your device. To use applicat ions other than slide pre sentations and desktop mode, you must c reate a c orresponding custom profile on the PC application. Before you can us e the applic ation you must do the following: 1. Install t he Nokia Presenter PC ap plication on y our PC. This component is available for download on t he Nokia Web site. See N okia support p. 16 .
104 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 2. Launch and conf igure the PC c omponent. Make sure that the se lected incoming Blue tooth serial port (COM port) corresponds to the one defined in t he Bluetooth soft ware settings on t he Bluetooth device of your PC. For details, r efer to t he PC component document ation and Set up a Bluetooth connec tion p. 68 . 3. O pen the slide pr esentation, or start the application y ou want to c ontrol remotely from your phone. Select Applications > Collection > Presenter > Connect and the dev ice you want to connect t o. When the Bluet ooth Connection Succe ssful dialog appea rs on your PC sc reen, you must c lick on it to confir m the Bluetooth connection. The list of av ailable application types is displayed. Select Open to access the de sired applicat ion. Select Options > Settings to se t the Font size for the speaker notes, and Timer (in minut es) to optimize the slide presentation t ime available. To save the settings, select Options > Back . After you have select the slide presen tation you browse or skip slides, or jump ahead, by using the 4-way na vi ga tio n ke y . To vie w yo ur spe a ker n ot es , s el ect Notes . To point things out on the s lides, s elect Po i n t e r to activate a small blac k round marke r, that you control w ith the 4-way navigation key. Select Options > Slide list to return t o the slide list. Se lect Options > Applicat ions list to return to the list of app lications. To control the mouse pointer (the cursor) r emotely from th e phone, select the deskt op mode. After you open the desktop, t he phone automa tically controls your mouse pointer . To return to t he list of applications, s elect Options > Applications list . To quit the Pr esenter, select Options > Exit .
105 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 16. SIM services Your SIM card ma y provide additional services . Yo u can ac cess this menu only if it is supported by your SIM car d. The name and contents of the menu depend on the available se rvices. For availability and information o n using SIM card services, contact your S IM card vendor. This may be the s ervice provider, network opera tor, or other vendor. To set the phone to show you the confirmation message s sent betwee n your phone and the net work when yo u are using t he SIM services, s elect Menu > Settings > Phone > Confirm SIM serv . ac tions > Ye s . Accessing thes e service s may involv e sending message s or making a phone c all for which you may be charged.
106 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 17. W eb You can acc ess various mobile Internet s ervices with y our phone br owser. Import ant: Use only service s that you trust and that offer adeq uate securit y and protection agai nst harmful software. Check the availability of these servic es, pricing, t ariffs, a nd instruct ions with your service provid er. With the phone browser you c an view t he services t hat use wir eless markup language (WML) or e xtensible hypertext mar kup language (XHTML) on their page s. Appe arance may vary due to s creen size. You may not be able to view all det ails of t he Internet pages . â Set up brow sing You may receiv e the co nfiguration settings required for browsing as a configuration mess age from the service provider that offers t he service that you want to us e. See Configuration settings s ervice p. 14 . You can also enter all the configuration set tings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . â Conn e ct t o a se rvi ce Ensure that t he correc t configuration set tings of the s ervice ar e activated . 1. To s elect the settings f or connecting to the servic e, select Menu > We b > Settin gs > Configuration settings . 2. Selec t Configurati on . On ly the co nfigurations that su pport browsing ser vice are s hown. Se lect a service provider, Default , or P ersonal configuration for browsing. See Set up browsing p. 106 . 3. Selec t Account and a browsing service acco unt contained in the active c onfiguration set tings. 4. Selec t Display t erminal window > Ye s to pe rform manual user authenticat ion for intra net connections. Make a connection to t he service in one of the following ways: ⢠Select Menu > Web > Home ; or in t he standby mode, press and hold 0 .
107 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . ⢠To select a bookmark of the s ervice, sele ct Me n u > We b > Bookmarks . ⢠To select the last URL, select Me nu > Web > Last web address . ⢠To enter the address of the s ervice, se lect Menu > Web > Go t o address . Enter the ad dress of the serv ice, and select OK . â Browse pages After you make a c onnection to the service, you can star t browsing its pages. T he function of t he phone key s may vary in different s ervices. F ollow the text guides on the phone dis play. For mor e informat ion, contact y our service provide r. Browse with pho ne keys To browse through t he page, s croll in any dir ection. To select a highlighted item, press t he call key , or select Select . To enter letters and numbers, press the 0 to 9 keys. T o enter special character s, press * . Opt ions while browsi ng Select from the f ollowing opt ions: Home â to retu rn to y our st art pa ge Shortcuts â to open a new list of options that are specific to the page. This opt ion is only available if the page contains shortcut s. Add bookmark â to s ave the page as a bookmark Bookmarks â t o acces s the list of book marks. See Bookmarks p. 108 . P age options â to s how the list of options for the active pa ge His to ry â t o get a list showing the last v isited URLs
108 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Downloads â to show t he list of bookmarks for downloading Other options â t o show a list of other options Reload â to r eload and updat e the current page The servic e provider may also off er other opti ons. Direct calling While brows ing, you can mak e a phone ca ll, and save a na me and a phone numbe r from a page. â Bookm arks You can sa ve page address es as bookmar ks in the phone memory. 1. W hile browsi ng, select O ptions > Bookma rks ; or in the standby mode, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scr oll to a bookmark, and select it, or pr ess the call key to make a connection to the page associated with the bookmark. 3. Selec t Options to vie w, e dit, delete, o r send the bookmark; to c reate a new bookmark; or to sav e the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have some bookmarks lo aded for sites not affiliated with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these sites. If you choose to access the m, you should take the s ame precautio ns, for security or content, as you wou ld with any In tern et sit e. Receive a bo okmar k When you have received a bookma rk that is s ent as a book mark, 1 bookmar k received is displayed. To view t he bookmark, se lect Show .
109 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Ap pe ar anc e se t ti ng s While browsing, s elect Options > Other options > Appearance settings ; or in the standby mode, select Menu > Web > Sett ings > Appearance settings and from the following options : Te xt wrapping > On â to set th e text to c ontinue on th e next line on t he display . If you select Of f , t he text is abbreviated. Font siz e â to se t the fo nt siz e Show images > No â to hide images on the page. This can speed up the browsing of pages that contain a lot of images. Alerts > Alert for unsecure conn. > Ye s â to se t the phone to alert when a se cure connec tion changes t o an unsecure one during browsing Alerts > Alert for unsecure items > Ye s â to set the phone to alert when a secure page cont ains an unsecure item. Th ese alerts do not guarantee a secur e connection. Fo r more information, see Browser se curity p. 111 . Character encoding > Content encoding â to s elect the encoding for t he browser page cont ent Character encoding > Unicode (UTF-8) web add. > On â to set the phone to send a U RL as a U TF-8 encoding. You may need this setting w hen you acces s a W eb page creat ed in foreign language. Screen size > Full or Small â to set the screen layout JavaScript > E nable â to enable the Java scripts â Secu rity se ttin gs Cookie s A cookie is data that a s ite s aves in the c ache memory of your phone . Cookies are saved until you clear t he cache memor y. See Cache memor y p. 111 .
110 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . While brows ing, select Options > O ther options > Security > Cookie set tings ; or in the st andby mode, se lect Menu > Web > Setti ngs > Sec urity settings > Cook ie s . To allow or prevent the phone f rom rece iving cookies, sel ect Allow or Re je ct . Scr ipt s over s ecur e c on nect i on You can select whether to allow the running of scripts fr om a secure page. The phone supports WML s cripts. While browsing, to allow the scripts, select Options > Other options > Security > W MLScript s ettings ; or in the standby mode, select Menu > We b > Settings > Security settings > W MLScript s in sec. conn. > Allow . â Down load set ting s To automatically save all downloaded files in Gallery , select Menu > Web > Settings > Downloading settings > Automatic saving > On . â Ser vic e inbox The phone is able to rece ive ser vice messages sent by your service pr ovider (network service ). Service mess ages are notifications (for example, news headli nes), and they may contain a text message or an address of a service. To access the Service inbox in the standby mode , when you hav e received a servic e message, se lect Show . If y ou sel ect Exit , the mes sage is moved to the Ser vice inbox . To acc ess the Ser vice inbox later, sel ect Menu > Web > Service inbox . To access the Service inbox while browsing, select Options > O ther options > Service inbox . Scroll to the message you want, and to activate the browser and download the marked cont ent, select Retrieve . To display detailed informat ion on the ser vice notific ation or to delet e the me ssage, selec t Options > Details or Delete . Service inbox setting s Select Menu > We b > Settings > Service inbox s ettings .
111 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To set whe ther you want to r eceive s ervice mes sages, select Se rvice mes sages > On or Off . To set th e phone t o receive service mes sages only from c o ntent authors approved by the service provider, select Message filter > On . To view t he list of the approved content authors, select Trusted channels . To set th e phone to automatically a ctivate the br owser from the standby mode when the phone has r eceived a service me ssage, select Automatic connection > On . If y ou select Off , the phone ac tivates t he brows er only after you select Retri eve when the phone has rec eived a s ervice mess age. â Cache memo ry A cache is a memo ry location th at is used to stor e data tempora rily. I f you have tried to acce ss or have accesse d confidentia l information requiring passwords, e mpty the cache after each use. The i nformation or services you have accessed is stored i n the cach e. To empty t he ca che while br owsing, s elect Options > O ther options > Clear the cache ; in the standby mode, sel ect Menu > Web > C lear the cac he . â Bro wse r se cu rit y Security feat ures may be required for some serv ices, such as online banking or shopping. F or such connect ions you need s ecurity ce rtificates and possibly a s ecurity module, which may be avail able on your SIM card. For more information, contact your service provider. Se cur ity m od ule The security module improves secu rity services for a pplications requiring a browser connection, and a llows you to use a digit al signature . The secur ity module may cont ain cer tificates as well as private and public ke ys. The certificat es are s aved in the security module by t he service provider. To view or change the s ecurity module settings, select Menu > Settings > Security > Security module settings .
112 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Certifica tes Import ant: E ven i f the use o f cert ificates makes the r isks involved in r emote c onnections and s oftwar e insta llation considerably smal ler, they must be used correctly in order to benefit from increased securi ty. The existence of a certificate does not offer any protec tion by itself; the certificate manager must contain correct, authentic, or trusted certificates for increased security to be available. Certificates have a restricted lifetime. If Expired certifi cate or Cert ificate not valid yet i s shown even if the certific ate should b e valid, check tha t the curren t date and time in your device are correct. Before changin g any certi ficate settin gs, you mu st make su re that you really trust the owner of the certifica te and that the cert ificate r eally belo ngs to the listed own er. There are three kinds of ce rtificates: server cer tificates, a uthority ce rtificates, and user cer tificat es. You may receive t hese cert ificates from y our servic e provider. Authority cert ificates and user certific ates may als o be saved in the security module by the service provider. To view the list of t he au thority or user certifi cates downloaded into y our phone, s elect Me nu > Settings > Security > Authority ce rtificates or User certificates . is displayed during a connection, if the dat a transmission betwee n the phone and the content server is encrypted. The secu rity icon does not indicate th at the data trans mission be tween the gatew ay and the conten t server (or place w here the reques ted resour ce is stored ) is secure. T he service p rovider secures the data tra nsmissio n between the gate way and the content se rver. Digi ta l s ign atur e You can make digital s ignatures with your phone if your SIM c ard has a s ecurity module. Using the di gital signature can be the same as signing your name to a paper bill , contract , or other docume nt. To make a digital s ignature, select a link on a page, for example, the title of the book you want t o buy and it s price. The t ext to s ign, which may include the amount and dat e, is shown. Check that the header t ext is Read and that the di gital signature icon is shown.
113 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If the digital s ignature icon doe s not appe ar, there is a securit y breach, and y ou should not enter any personal data such as your signing PIN . To sign the text, read all of t he text first, and select Sign . The text may not fit within a single scre en. Therefore, make sur e to scroll through and read all of the te xt before signing. Select the user certificat e you want t o use. E nter the signing PIN (see A ccess codes p. 14 ), and select OK . Th e digital signature icon disappears, and the ser vice may display a co nfirmation of your purchase.
114 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 18. PC co nnectiv ity You can se nd and receive e -mail, and ac cess the Int ern et when your phone is connected t o a compat ible PC through a Bluetooth or a data c able connect ion. You can us e your phone wit h a var iety of PC c onnectivity and data communications applic ations. â Nokia PC Suite With Nokia PC Suite you can synchronize contacts, cale ndar, note s, and to-do notes between your phone and the compatible PC or a remot e Internet se rver (network service). You may find more informa tion and PC Suite on the Nokia Web site at www.nok ia.com/support. â EGPRS, HSCSD , and CS D With your phone y ou can use the enhanced GPRS (EGPRS), genera l packet ra dio service (GPRS), high-speed circuit switched dat a (HSCSD), and c ircuit switched data (CSD, GSM data ) data service s. For availability and subscription to data s ervices , contact your network operato r or service pr ovider. The use of HSCSD se rvices consumes the phone bat tery faste r than normal voice or d ata calls. You may need to connect the phone to a charger for the durat ion of data transfer. See Modem settings p. 70 . â Data co mm unic atio n appl icat ion s For informat ion on using a da ta communication appl ic ation, refer to the docume ntation provided with it. Making or answering phone calls dur ing a comput er connection is not recommended, as it might dis rupt the operation. For better perf ormance during data calls , pla ce t he phone on a stationary surface wit h the key pad facing downwar d. Do not move the phone by holding it in your hand during a data c all.
115 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 19. Ba tte ry info rm ation â Chargi ng and dis chargi ng Your devi ce is po we red by a re char geab le bat tery. The full perform anc e of a new batte ry i s achi eved only a fter t wo o r th ree complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hund reds of times, but it will eventually wear out. When the tal k and stan dby times are n oticeabl y shorter than n ormal, re place the ba ttery. Use only Nokia appro ved batte rie s, and recha rge yo ur bat tery o nly with No kia ap pro ved c harg ers d esig nate d for thi s de vice. If a re pla ceme nt b attery is being use d for the first time o r i f the bat tery ha s not bee n u sed fo r a prolon ged p erio d, i t may b e necess ary to connect the cha rger and then discon nect and reconnec t it to start th e charging. Unplug the ch arger from the electri cal plug and the devi ce when not in use. Do not leave fully charged battery conn ected to a charg er, since overc harging m ay s horten i ts lifeti me. If le ft unus ed, a ful ly charg ed bat tery wi ll lose its cha rge ove r time. If the battery is completel y discharged , it may take a few minu tes before the charging indicator ap pears on the displa y or before any calls can be made. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short- circuit the batt ery. Accidenta l short-circui ting can occur when a metal lic object such as a co in, clip, or p en causes di rect connec tion of the pos itive ( ) a nd negative (-) terminals of the battery. (These look li ke metal st rips on the batter y.) This might happen , for examp le, wh en you carry a spare batt ery in your p ocket or purs e. Short-ci rcu iting the terminals may damage the battery o r the connect ing object. Leaving the batte ry in hot or cold p laces, such as in a closed ca r in summe r or winte r conditi ons, wi ll reduce t he capaci ty and lifetim e of the batt ery. Always try to keep the battery b etween 15 ðC and 25ðC (59ðF an d 77ðF). A device wi th a hot or cold batter y may not work temp orarily , even when th e batter y is fully charged. Batter y perfo rmance is par ticularly li mited in tempe ratures wel l below free zing. Do no t di spose of batte ries in a fire as they may e xpl ode. Ba tter ies m ay als o expl ode i f d amage d. Di spo se of batte ries according to local regul ations. Plea se recycle when possible . Do not disp ose as househ old waste.
116 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Nokia bat ter y auth enti cati on Always use origina l Nokia batteries for your safety. To check tha t you are getting an origin al Nokia battery, p urchase it from an aut horiz ed Nok ia dea ler, look for t he Nokia Orig inal Enh ance me nts logo on the pa ckagi ng, and insp ect th e hologr am la bel using the follow ing steps : Successful co mpletion of the four steps is not a total assu rance of the authen ticity of the bat tery. If you have any reason to believe th at your batter y is not an authen tic origin al Nokia battery, yo u should refra in from using it, a nd take it to the neare st au thori zed N ok ia ser vic e poin t or de aler f or ass ist an ce. Your a ut horize d Nok ia s ervice po int or deal er wi ll ins pec t the battery for aut henticity. If authentici ty cannot be verifie d, return the batte ry to the place of pu rchase. Aut hen tic ate h ol ogr am 1. When looki ng at the holo gram on the la bel, you should see the Nokia conn ecting hand s symbol from one a ngle and the No kia Origin al Enh ancements lo go when loo king fro m another an gle. 2. Whe n yo u angle the hol ogram l eft, right , down , and up , you shoul d see 1 , 2, 3, an d 4 dots on each si de respe cti vely . 3. Scra tch the side o f the la bel to re veal a 20-di git code , for e xample , 12345678 91987 6543210. Turn the battery so that the n umbers are fa cing upwards. The 20-d igit code reads starting fro m the number at the to p row followed by the bottom row.
117 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 4. Confirm th at the 20-di git code is vali d by followin g the instru ctions at www.nokia. com/ batterycheck. To crea te a tex t messa ge enter the 20-digi t code, for examp le, 123456 78919 876543210 , an d send to 44 7786 20027 6. To cr eate a text messag e, ⢠For co untri es in Asia Pacific , exclud ing Indi a: Ente r the 20-d igit co de, for exampl e, 12345 678919876 54321 0, and s end to 61 4 27151 515. ⢠For I ndia on ly: En ter Bat tery follow ed by the 20-di git b attery code, fo r exampl e, Battery 12345 678919876 54321 0, and send to 55 55. Nati on al a nd int ern ation al ope rat or ch arg es wi ll appl y. You should receive a messa ge indicati ng whether the code can be authenti cated. What if your batte ry is not au th entic ? If you cannot conf irm that your Nokia batt ery with the hologra m on the label is an authentic Nok ia battery, ple ase do not use the batt ery. Take it to the n earest auth orized Nokia service poi nt or dealer for assi stance. Th e use of a battery that is not appro ved by th e ma nufa ctur er may be d ange rous an d may resul t in poor p erfo rm ance a nd damage to your d evic e a nd its enhance ments. It may also in validate any appro val or warranty applying to the device. To f ind ou t m ore ab out o rig inal N okia bat teri es, vi sit ww w.n oki a.co m/ba ttery .
118 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Care and mainte nance Your devi ce is a prod uct of su peri or des ign a nd c raftsm ans hip a nd shou ld be tre ated w i th care . The s ugg estio ns be low w ill help you protect yo ur warranty coverage. ⢠Keep the device dry. Precip itation , humidit y and all types of liq uids or moi sture can conta in mineral s that will corro de electro nic circuit s. If your device d oes get wet, remov e the battery and al low the device to dry completely before repl acin g it. ⢠Do not use o r stor e the devi ce in dus ty, di rty ar ea s. Its m ov ing pa rts a nd el ect ronic c omp onent s can b e da maged . ⢠Do not store the devi ce in hot a reas . High t empe ratu res c an sho rten the life of ele ctro nic de vices , da mage batte ries , and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store the d evice in cold area s. When the d evice returns to its normal temperatur e, mois ture can form inside the dev ice and dama ge elec t ron ic c ir cui t board s. ⢠Do not attempt to o pen the device other than as ins tructed in th is guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or sha ke the device . Rough handling can bre ak internal circu it boards and fine mech anics. ⢠Do no t use ha rsh che micals, cl eaning solvents, or strong deterg ents to cl ean th e dev ice. ⢠Do not paint the d evic e. Pa int c an clo g the mo ving pa rts a nd preven t prop er opera tion . ⢠Do not touch the mai n displ ay with hard or ang ular materia ls. Objects like earrin gs or jewell ery may scr atch the dis play. ⢠Use a soft, clea n, dry cloth to clean any le nses (such a s camera, prox imity sens or, and ligh t sensor len ses). ⢠Us e only t he supp lied or an app rove d rep laceme nt an tenn a. Unaut ho rized a nten nas, mo difica tion s, or attachm ent s could dam age the de vice and m ay viol ate regul atio ns g over ning r adi o de vices. ⢠Us e char gers indo ors. ⢠A l w a y s c r e a t e a b a c k u p o f d a t a y o u w a n t t o k e e p ( s u c h a s c o n t a c t s a n d c a l e n d a r n o t e s ) b e f o r e s e n d i n g y o u r d e v i c e t o a service fa cility. All of the a bove sugges tions apply eq ually to your devi ce, battery, ch arger, or any en hancement. I f any device is not working properl y, take it to the near est auth orized ser vice f acility fo r service.
119 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Additio nal safety informa tion Your de vice and its enha ncements may co ntain s mall pa rts. Keep the m out of the re ach of small chi ldren. â Op era ting en vironme nt Rememb er to fo llow any s pecia l regulat ions in fo rce in any area, and always s witch o ff your device when its us e is p rohibi ted or when it ma y cause interf erence or danger. Us e the device on ly in its normal operatin g positio ns. This d evice meets RF exposure guidel ines wh en used either in t he no rmal use position agains t the ear or when p ositi oned at l east 2.2 c entim eters (7/8 i nch) away fro m the bod y. Whe n a c arry case, belt cl ip o r hold er is used for b ody-w orn ope ratio n, i t sho uld no t conta in metal a nd should position the d evice the ab ove-sta ted dist ance from your body. To transmit da ta files or mes sages, this device requires a quality connecti on to the ne twork. In some case s, transmiss ion of data files or messag es may be delaye d until such a connection is available . Ensure that the above separa tion distance instru ctions a re followed until the tr ansmis sion is comple ted. Parts of the devi ce are magnet ic. Metal lic materia ls may be attracted to the device. Do n ot place credit ca rds or other magnet ic stora ge media n ear the device , becau se informa tion sto red on th em may be era sed. â Medi cal de v ices Operati on of any radio transmi tting equipmen t, includin g wireless p hones, may inte rfere with the funct ionality of inade quately prote cted medica l devices . Consult a p hysician or the ma nufactu rer of the medical devi ce to determine if they are adeq uately shiel ded from exte rnal RF energy or if you have any quest ions. Switch off your de vice in health care facilities when any re gulations p osted in th ese areas ins truct yo u to do so. Hospit als or healt h care faci lities may be using equip ment that could be sens itive to ex ternal RF energ y. Pacemakers Pacemaker ma nufactu rers recom mend that a minimum separ ation of 15. 3 cent imeters (6 inches) be main tained betw een a wire less p hone a nd a p acemak er t o av oid poten tial int erfere nce wi th t he pa ce maker . The se re comm end ations are co nsiste nt with t he i ndep ende nt re searc h by and re comm end ati ons of W ire less Te chno logy R ese arc h. Pers ons wi th p acem aker s sho uld do the follo wing: ⢠Always keep the d evice more than 15.3 centimete rs (6 inches) from the p acemaker
120 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . ⢠Not carry the devic e in a breast pocket ⢠Hold t he devi ce to the ear oppo site the pacemaker to minimize the poten tial for i n terfere nce. If you suspec t interferen ce, switch off your de vice, and move th e device away. Hearing aids Some digital wireless devices may interfere with some hearing aids. If interference occurs, con sult your service provider. â Ve hicl es RF signals may affect imp roperl y installe d or inadequa tely shiel d ed electr onic syst ems in mot or vehicles such as electro nic fue l in ject ion s yst em s, el ectr on ic ant isk id ( an tiloc k) braki ng sys tems , e lect roni c sp eed con tro l sy ste ms, a nd air bag syst em s. For more informatio n, check with the ma nufacturer or i ts represen tative of your vehicle or a ny equipment tha t has been adde d. Only qua lified pers onnel should service th e device, or instal l the device in a ve hicle. Fa ulty install ation or serv ice may be dangerous and may invalid ate any warra nty that may apply to the devic e. Check regu larly that all wireles s device equ ipment in you r v ehicle is m ount ed a nd ope rati ng properl y. D o not sto re or car ry flam mab le li quids , gase s, or e xpl osive ma teria ls in the same compartme nt as the device, its parts, or en hancements . For ve hicles eq uipped wi th an air bag , remember that air bags infla te wit h gr eat for ce. Do not pl ac e obje cts, includ ing i nsta lled o r port abl e wir eless equi pment in th e are a over t he ai r bag o r in the a ir bag d epl oyme nt are a. If in- vehicl e wi reles s equ ip men t is i mprop erly ins talled an d the ai r ba g infl ates , ser io us injury co uld result. Using your device while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wirele ss teledevices in an a ircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless t elephone network, and may be ill egal. â P ote ntial ly expl osiv e envir onme nts Switch off yo ur device when in any area wi th a potentiall y explo sive atmos phere and obey all signs and in struct ions. Potent ially explos ive atm osphe res i nclude areas where you wo uld norm ally be advise d to tur n off your v ehicle engine. Spa rks in such areas could cause an explos ion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Switch o ff the device at refue ling poin ts su ch a s near gas p umps at serv ice s tations. Obs erv e res tricti ons on th e use of rad io e quipme nt i n fuel depo ts, s torag e, and d ist ribu tion a reas; che mi cal pl ant s; or w he re bl ast ing op erat ions are i n p rogre ss. A reas wit h a po tenti ally ex plosiv e atmo sph ere a re of ten bu t not alw ays clea rly m arke d. Th ey in clude belo w de ck on b oa ts, che mi cal t ran sfer or st ora ge
121 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . facilit ies, vehicles usi ng liquef ied petro leum gas (s uch as propan e or butan e), and are as where the a ir contain s chemical s or part icles s uch as grain, dus t, or m etal powd ers . â Emer gen c y ca ll s Import ant: Wire less p hon es , in cl udi ng t his devic e, o per ate usi ng r adi o si gnals, wi rel ess net wor ks , la nd lin e netwo rks, and user-p rogramm ed functions . Be cause of t his, c onnections in all c onditio ns canno t be gu arant eed. You should neve r rely sole ly on any wireless device for es sential commu nicatio ns like medical emergencies . To make an emergency call: 1. If the device is not on, switch it on. Ch eck for adequate s ignal strength. Som e netw orks may requi re th at a v al id SI M car d is prope rly ins erte d in the dev ice. 2. Press the en d key as many time s as needed to cle ar the displa y and ready the device fo r calls. 3. Enter the official emergency number for your prese nt location. Emergency nu mbers vary by location. 4. Pres s the call key. If certain features are in us e, you may first need to turn thos e features off before yo u can make an em ergency call. Consult this guid e or your se rvice pro vider for mo re info rmation. When making an emerg ency call, g ive all the neces sary info rmation as accurately as pos sible. Your wireless device may be the only mea ns of communicat ion at th e scene of an accide nt. Do not end the ca ll until given permiss ion to do so. â Certi fica ti on info r mat ion (SAR ) This mob ile device mee ts guidelin es for ex posure to radio waves Your mobi le device is a radio tra nsmitter a nd recei ver. It i s designed not to exc eed the limi ts for exp osure to ra dio waves recom mende d by interna tiona l gui delin es. These gui deline s we re dev elope d by the in depe ndent s cienti fic organi zation ICNI RP and incl ude sa fety ma rgins de signe d to assu re the prote ct ion of all perso ns, reg ard less of ag e and healt h. The expo sure guidel ines fo r mobile devi ces empl oy a unit of measure me nt known a s the Sp ecific Absorp tion Rate or SA R. The SAR li mit state d in the ICNIRP guidel ines is 2 .0 watts/ki lo gram (W/ kg) aver aged ove r 10 grams of tis sue. Tes ts for S AR are conduc ted us ing s tand ard opera ting po sit ions with the de vice t ransm itt ing a t its highest cert ified pow er lev el in all tested frequency ban ds. The actual SAR level of an operatin g device can b e below the maximum val ue because the device is des igned t o us e only the pow er req ui red to re ac h t he net work. Tha t amo unt cha nges d epe ndi ng on a n umbe r of fac t ors suc h
122 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . as how clo se you are to a network base stati o n. Th e highest S AR value under the IC NIRP guid elin es for use o f the device a t the ear is 0.85 W /kg. Use of device a ccessories and enhanc ements may resu lt in different S AR values. SAR va lues may vary dep ending on nationa l report ing and t estin g requ ire ment s and the networ k b and. A dditi onal SA R in format ion may b e pr ovide d unde r p roduc t infor mation at www.nokia.co m.
123 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Index A access codes ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 14 accessor ies. S ee enhanceme nts. active standby ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... . 24, 64 alarm clock ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 90 antenna .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 21 applications collection ........ ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 102 download ........ ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 15 audio messag es ............... ..... ........... ..... ......... 40 B barring passwor d ....... ..... ........... .......... ...... ...14 batte ry authentication .... .......... ...... .......... ...... 116 charging .......... ...... .......... ...... ......... 19, 115 discharging .... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 115 installation ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 17 blacklist .. ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 44 Bluetooth ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ......... 67 bookmarks .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 108 browser appearance set tings .... ...... .......... ...... 109 bookmarks . ..... ........... ..... ........... ........... 108 browsing pages ... .......... ...... .......... ...... 107 cache memory .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 111 certifica tes ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... 112 cookies ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 109 digital signature ...... ........... ...... .......... 112 security .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 109 security module .. ..... ........... ...... .......... 111 set up .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 106 business cards .. ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 58 C cache memory ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 111 calculator ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 92 calendar ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 91 note ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 91 call functions .... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 28 key .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 22 log ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 61 options ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 30 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 72 waiting .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 30 call log ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 61 call register. See call log. callback request ..... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 99 calls answer ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 29
124 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . international .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 28 making of ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...28 reject ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 29 speed dialing ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 28 voice dialing .. ........... ..... ........... ........... ... 28 camera effect s ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 84 filter ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 84 key .... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...23 record a video c lip ....... ........... ..... ......... 84 settings . .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........84 take a photo .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 83 care ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 118 certif icates ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 112 certificat ion information ... ...... .......... ...... 121 character cas e .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 31 charge the bat tery ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...19 charger connec tor ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...22 circuit s witched data .......... ...... .......... ...... 114 clock se ttings ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 65 codes .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 14 configuration ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 75 setting servic e ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...14 settings . .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........20 contact inf ormation ....... ........... ..... ........... ... 16 contacts copy ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 55 delete ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...56 edit ......... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 55 groups ......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 59 my numbers .... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 59 my presence .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 56 save ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 54 search ......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 54 service numbers .. ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 59 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 58 speed dialing ........ ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 59 subscribed names .... ........... ...... .......... .. 57 cookies ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 109 countdown timer ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 93 CSD. See circuit switched data. customer serv ice ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... .. 16 D data communication ... ........... ........... ..... ..... 114 transfer .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 70 data cable ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 72 date settings ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 65 delete messages .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 50 digital signature ......... ........... ..... ........... ..... 112 display ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... 2 2, 24 downloads applications .......... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 15 content ....... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 15 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 110
125 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . E earpiece .. ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... . 22, 23 EGPRS . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...69 EGPRS. See packet data. e-mail application .......... ..... ........... ........... ... 41 setting wizard ..... ..... ........... .......... ...... ...42 emergency calls .... ...... .......... ........... ..... ...... 121 end call .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 28 key .... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...22 enhancements . ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 12, 75 equalizer ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 89 explosive envir onments ................ ..... ...... 120 F factor y settings .... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...78 flash me ssages . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...40 FM radio ....... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...86 G gallery ..... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...80 games . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 102 GPRS ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 69 H handsfree. See loudspe aker. hearing aid ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ......... 75, 120 high-speed c ircuit switched data ... ...... 114 HSCSD. See high-speed circuit switched dat a. I IM. See instant messaging. IMAP4 ....... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 41 indicators . .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 26 info messages ... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 49 infrared connect ion ... ..... ........... ........... ..... .. 69 installation battery ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 17 SIM card ........... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 17 instant messaging . .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 44 Internet IR .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 69 J junk folder ......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 44 K keyguard .. .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 27 keypad ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 22 keypad lock ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 27 keys call key ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 22 end key .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 22 keyguard .... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 27 keypad ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 22 keypad lock ..... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 27 navigation key ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 22 power on/off ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 23 selection keys . ..... ........... ..... ........... 22, 24
126 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . L language settings ........... ..... ........... ........... ... 74 lights ........ ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...75 location infor mation ...... ..... ........... ..... .........61 log ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 61 loudspeaker . ..... ........... ..... ........... .......... . 22, 30 M main display ................ ..... ........... .... 22, 24, 64 maintenance ......... ...... .......... ........... ..... ...... 118 media pla yer ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 84 medical devic es .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 119 memory card .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 81 formatti ng ...... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...81 locking ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 81 memory consumption . ........... ..... ......... 82 memory full ...... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...38 menu ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...33 message folder ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...38 message cent er number ........... .......... ...... ...34 message settings e-mail .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 52 general settings .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ...50 multimedia messages . ........... ..... ......... 51 text me ssages ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 50 messages audio message .... ..... ........... .......... ...... ...40 cancel sending .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 37 delete ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 50 flash message . .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 40 info messages . ..... ........... ..... ........... ....... 49 length indicator .. ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 34 message settings ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 50 postcards .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 39 sending ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 37 service commands ... ...... ........... ..... ....... 49 text ......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 34 voice messa ge ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 49 write text mess age ....... ........... ..... ....... 34 microphone .. ........... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 22 mini display .. ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... ....... 65 MMS. See multimedia messages. multimedia messages create ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 36 read ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 37 reply .. .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 37 send ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 36 write ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 36 music player ..... ...... .......... ........... ...... .......... .. 85 N navigation .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 33 navigation key .. ........... ..... ........... ...... ..... 22, 66 network name on display ....... ...... ........... .......... .. 24 services .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 11 Nokia contact information ...... ...... .......... .. 16
127 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . notes ........ ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...92 calendar ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 91 numbers ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 59 O offline mode ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 27 one-to-one cont act ....... ........... ..... ........... 100 operator menu ...... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...79 organize r ................ ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...90 overview f unctions .... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...13 P pacemakers .. .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 119 packet data .. .......... ...... .......... ........... .... 69, 114 parts .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 22 PC connectiv ity ..... ........... ..... ........... ........... 114 PC Suite .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 114 phone care .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 118 configuration ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 75 keys .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 22 maintenance .. ........... ..... ........... ........... 118 open ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 20 parts . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 22 settings . .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........74 updates ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... . 74, 78 phone lock. See k eypad lock. photo .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...83 PictBridge ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 72 PIN codes .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... . 14, 20 plug and play service ........... ........... ..... ....... 20 POP3 ......... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 41 Pop-Port connect or ........ ...... ........... ..... ....... 22 positioning ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 61 postcards . ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 39 power key .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 23 predictive t ext input ....... ...... ........... ..... ....... 31 presence ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 56 presenter .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 103 print images . ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 80 profiles ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 62 PTT ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 95 add channel ......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 96 call to multiple recipients ...... .......... .. 98 callback request ....... ........... ...... .......... .. 99 channel ....... ...... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 95 channel call .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 97 configuration settings .. ..... ........... ..... 101 invitation ......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 96 login status ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... ....... 97 make call .... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 97 one-to-one cal l ........ ...... ........... ..... ....... 98 one-to-one contact ........... ...... .......... 100 receive call ........... ..... ........... ........... 97, 98 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 100 switch on/off ....... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 97 PUK codes ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 14
128 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Push to talk see PTT pushed messages . ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 110 R radio ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... .......... ...... ...86 record s ound .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 88 recorder ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 88 repair se rvice ......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...16 ringing tones .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 63 S saf ety additional information .......... ........... 119 certificat ion inform ation . ..... ........... 121 emergency calls .. ..... ........... ..... ........... 121 explosive env ironments .... ..... ........... 120 guidelines .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 9 hearing aid ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 120 medical d evices ....... ........... ..... ........... 119 operating enviro nment ..... .......... ...... 119 pacemaker s .......... .......... ...... .......... ...... 119 SAR ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 121 vehicles . .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 120 SAR ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 121 screen sav er ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........64 scroll key. See navigation key . scrolling .. ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 33 secu rit y codes ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...14 module ........ ...... .......... ........... ...... .......... 111 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 76 selection keys ... ........... ..... ........... ...... ..... 22, 24 servi c e commands ....... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 49 inbox ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 110 messages .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 110 numbers ..... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 59 servi c es se ttings active standby .......... ........... ...... .......... .. 64 call .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 72 camera ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 84 clock ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 65 configuration ....... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 75 connectivity .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 67 data transfer ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 70 date ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 65 downloads ....... .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 110 enhancements .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 75 fold animation ..... ........... ........... ..... ....... 64 GPRS, EGPRS ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 69 infrared ....... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 69 IR ............. ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 69 main display .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ....... 64 messages .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 50 mini display .......... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 65 my shortcuts ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 65
129 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . phone .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 74 profiles .. .......... ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 62 PTT .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 100 PTT config uration ......... ...... .......... ...... 101 restore fact ory settings .... .......... ...... ...78 screen save r ... ...... .......... ...... .......... ......... 64 security . .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...76 service inbox .. ........... ........... ..... ........... 110 standby mode ........... ........... ..... ........... ... 64 themes ... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ......... 62 time .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 65 tones ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 63 USB data cab le ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 72 wallpaper ... ........... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...64 shared memory ..... ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 11 shortcuts ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... . 25, 65 signal strength ...... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........24 SIM card .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 27 card installation ...... ..... ........... ........... ...17 messages ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 35 services ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 105 SMS. See text mes sages software updat es . ........... ..... ........... ...... 74, 78 spam fil ter .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 44 speed dialing .... ........... ..... ........... .......... . 28, 59 standby mode ....... ........... ..... ........... ..... . 24, 65 status indicators .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 24 stereo widening ..... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 89 stopwatch ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 93 strap .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 21 streaming serv ice .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 84 subscribed names .. .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 57 support ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 16 switch on and off .. .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 20 swivel .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 64 synchronisat ion .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 70 T take a photo ........... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 83 te xt character case ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 31 message ...... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 34 predictive te xt input .......... ........... ..... .. 31 traditional text input ... ........... .......... .. 32 writing ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 31 text phone .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 75 themes ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 62 time setting s ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 65 to-do list .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 92 tones ......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 63 traditional text input ..... ...... ........... ..... ....... 32 U unlock keypad .. ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 27 UPIN .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 20
130 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . V vehicles ......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 120 video clip ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 84 voice commands . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...67 dialing ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... ........... ... 28 messages ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 49 recorder ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........88 volume key ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 22 W wallpaper ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 64 We b bookmarks ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 108 connect .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 106 wireless markup language ....... ...... .......... 106 wrist strap .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 21 write text . .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 31 X XHTML ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 106 XpressPrint ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 80 Z zoom key .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 22
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY We, NOKIA CO RPORATION declare under our sole responsibility that the product RM-115 is in conformity with the provisions of the foll ow ing Co unci l Di r ect ive : 1999/ 5/ EC. A co py of t he Dec la rat ion of Co nf ormi t y ca n b e fo un d fr om htt p:/ /www.n okia. com/phon es/ decl arat ion_ of_ confor mi ty/. The crossed-out wheeled bin mean s that within the European Union the product must be tak en to separate collection at the produc t end- of li fe. This appli e s to y our d evi ce bu t also t o a ny enh ancem ents marke d with this symbo l. Do not d ispos e of thes e produ ct s as uns or ted muni cip al was te. Copy righ t é 20 06 No kia . All ri ght s reserv ed. Reprod u cti on, tran sfer , di stri buti on or storag e of p art or all of th e con tents in t his docu ment i n any f orm w ithou t th e prior w ri tten p erm issi on of N oki a is pr oh ibit ed . Noki a, Vi sua l Radi o, N okia Con nec ti ng Peopl e, Xpres s-on , Xpr essPr int , an d Pop-Po rt are tr ademar ks or regi s ter ed tr ademar ks of N oki a Corp orat ion. Other produ ct an d comp any names me ntion ed h erei n may be tr adema rks or tr adenam es of the ir r espec tive owne rs. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Co rporation. US Pat ent No 58 18437 and ot her pen ding pat ents . T9 text inp ut softw are C op yrigh t (C) 1 997- 2006. Teg ic Com mun ica tions, In c. A ll rig hts reserv ed. Incl u des RS A BSAFE cry pto graph ic or sec urit y pro toco l sof twa re fr om RSA Se cur ity. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Thi s pro duct i s lic ense d under th e MPEG-4 Vis ual Pat ent Portf olio Li cense (i) for pe rson al a nd nonco mmer cial use i n con nect ion with information which has been en coded in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard by a consu mer engaged in a personal and non comme rci al acti vi ty and ( ii) for us e in con necti on wi th MPEG- 4 video prov i ded by a li cen sed v ideo provi der . No lic e ns e is gr ante d or sh all be imp lie d for any o th er us e. A ddit ion al in fo rma tion in cl udin g th a t rel ating to prom ot iona l, i ntern al an d c omm er cial us es m ay be o b tain ed from MPEG LA , LLC. See < http://ww w.mp egla.com>. Nokia operates a policy of conti nuous development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improvements to any of the prod ucts des cri bed i n thi s docu ment wit hout pr ior noti ce. This Noki a de vi ce c omp lie s wit h D irect ive 2002 /9 5/E C on the re st rictio n o f the use of ce rtai n h azar dou s sub s tance s in ele ctri ca l and ele ctron ic equi pment . Unde r no c irc umsta nces sha ll N okia be re spon sibl e fo r any l oss of da ta or inc ome or any s peci al , inci dental, c onsequent ial or i ndirect d amag es how soe ver cau sed. T h e c o n t e n t s o f t h i s d o c u m e n t a r e p r o v i d e d " a s i s " . E x c e p t a s r e q u i r e d b y a p p l i c a b l e l a w , n o w a r r a n t i e s o f a n y k i n d , e i t h e r e x p ress or i mplie d, inc ludi ng, but no t li mit ed to , t he impl ied w ar ranti e s of me rch an tabi lit y and f it ness f or a parti cular p urpo se, a re ma de i n rela tion to the accuracy, reliabili ty or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this document or withdraw it at any time without prior notic e. The a v ail abi lity of par t icula r p rod uc ts m a y va ry by re gio n . Pl ea se c he ck w it h the No ki a de a ler near e st to yo u. Thi s dev ice may con tain commod i tie s, techn olog y or s oft ware subj ect to e xpo rt la ws an d regu lati ons f rom t he US and oth er c ountr ies. Diver sio n co ntrary to law is pro hi bite d. 9246 168 /Issue 1
4 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Content s For your safety ................. ............................................................ .............................. ..... ...................... 9 General information ...................................... .............................. ........................................ ............... 13 Overvi ew of func tions ...................................... ................ ................................. ................ ... ............. ................................ ................ . 13 Access codes ....... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ........... ..... ................ ................................ ................ . 14 Configur ation settings servi ce ....... ................ ................................ ................. ......................... ....... ................ ................................ . 14 Download cont ent ............. ................ ................................ ................ ................................. . ............... ................................ ................ . 15 Nokia suppo rt ..................... ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................ ................................ ................ . 16 1. Get started ................................................. .............................. ................................... .................... 17 Install S IM ca rd and battery .......................................... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ . 17 Insert a microSD card ....................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ . 18 Remove the mi croSD ca rd............... ................ ................................ ................. ........................ ........................ ................ ................. 18 Charge the b attery ............................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 19 Open a nd c lose the pho ne .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ........ ........ ................ ................................ . 20 Switch the ph one o n and off ......................... ................ ................................. ................ .......... ...... ................................ ................ . 20 Antenna ................ ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ....... ........ ................. ................ ................................ . 21 Phone s trap ......... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 21 2. Your phone ................... ............................................................ .............................. ...... ................... 22 Keys and parts .... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ............ .................... ................ ................................ . 22 Standb y mod e..... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ............. ... ................................ ................ ................. 24 Keypad lo ck (ke yguard) .... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ .... ............ ................................ ................ . 27 Functions witho ut a S IM ca rd ....................... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 27 3. Call functions ............... ............................................................ .............................. ...... ................... 28 Make a call .......... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ......... ....... ................ ................................ ................ . 28 Answer or reject a call ..... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .. .............. ................................ ................ . 29 Option s during a ca ll ........ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ . ............................... ................ ................. 30
5 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 4. Write text ..................... ............................................................ .............................. .... ..................... 31 Predictive tex t input ......... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ................ . 31 Traditional t ext i nput ....... ................ ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ................................ . 32 5. Navigate the menus................................... .............................. .......................................... ............. 33 6. Messaging .................... ............................................................ .............................. ...... ................... 34 Text messages (S MS) ........................ ................ ................................ ................. ................... ............. ................ ................................ . 34 SIM messa ges ..................... ................ ................................ ................ .............................. ................... ................ ................................ . 35 Multim edia mes sages (MMS) ........ ................................ ................ ................. ................................ ................ ................................ . 36 Memory full ......................... ................ ................................ ................ ........................... ...................... ................ ................................ . 38 Folders .. ................ ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ..... ........................... ................................ ................ . 38 Postcard s .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ........................ ......................... ................ ................................ . 39 Flash me ssages ................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ . 40 Nokia Xpre ss aud io me ssaging ...... ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................................ ................ . 40 E-mail appl ication ............. ................................ ................ ................................. ............... . ................................ ................ ................. 41 Instant messagi ng ............. ................ ................ ................................ ................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 44 Voice m essages .................. ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ................................ . 49 Info message s ..... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ............ .................... ................ ................................ . 49 Service comm ands ............ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ .. .............. ................................ ................ . 49 Delete messa ges ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............... . ............... ................. ................ ................. 50 Message settings ............... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ................ . 50 7. Contacts ..................................................... .............................. .................................. ..................... 54 Search fo r a c ontact ......... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ................ . 54 Save na mes a nd ph one n umbers .. ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................. 54 Save de tails ......... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ......... ....... ................................ ................ ................. 54 Copy or move cont acts .... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..... ........... ................................ ................ . 55 Edit contact det ails ........................... ................................ ................ ................. ............... ................. ................ ................ ................. 55 Synch ronise al l ... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................ ................................ ................ . 55 Delete contacts .................. ................................ ................ ................................. ............. ... ................................ ................................ . 56 My presence ........ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ........... ..... ................ ................................ ................ . 56 Subscribe d names .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 57 Business c ards .... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ................ . 58
6 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Settin gs ................................................ ................ ................................ ................. ...... ......... ................. ................ ................................ . 58 Groups .................................. ................ ................................ ................ ....................... .......................................... ................ ................. 59 Speed dia ls .......................... ................ ................................ ................ .......................... ....................... ................ ................................ . 59 Info, service, and my numbe rs ....... ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...... ................ ................................ . 59 8. Call log ......................... .............................. ............................................................ .. ....................... 61 Positio ning information ................... ................ ................................ ................. .................... ............ ................ ................................ . 61 9. Settings ..................................................... ............................................................ ... ...................... 62 Profiles .. ................................ ................ ................................ ................ ..................... ............................ ................ ................................ . 62 Themes .................. ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ...... .......................... ................................ ................ . 62 Tones ..................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .... ............ ................................ ................ ................. 63 Main d isplay........ ................ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ . 64 Mini d isplay ......... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. 65 Time and date ..... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................ ................................ ................ . 65 My shortcuts ....... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ........... ..... ................ ................................ ................ . 65 Connecti vity ........ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...... ................................ ................ ................. 67 Call ......................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. . ............... ................ ................................ ................ . 72 Phone .................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..... ........... ................................ ................ ................. 74 Enhanc ements .... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .............. .................. ................ ................................ . 75 Configur ation ..... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ............ .... ................................ ................ ................. 75 Security ................ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ...... ......... . ................................ ................ ................. 76 Phone s oftware upda tes .. ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ...... .......................................... ................ . 77 Restore fa ctory s ettings .................. ................................ ................ ................................. .... ............ ................................ ................. 78 10.Operator menu ........... ............................................................ .............................. .......... ............... 79 11.Gallery ....................................................... .............................. ................................ ....................... 80 Print im ages ........ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...... ................ ................................ ................ . 80 Memory card ....... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................................ ................ ................. 81 12.Media ........................................................ ............................................................ ... ...................... 83 Camera . ................ ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ....... ......... ................................ ................ ................. 83 Media player ....... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ........... ..... ................................ ................ ................. 84
7 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Music pl ayer ........................ ................ ................................ ................ ........................... ...................... ................ ................................ . 85 Radio ..... ................ ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .... ............ ................................ ................ ................. 86 Voice re corder .... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ............ .... ................................ ................ ................. 88 Equalizer .............................................. ................ ................................ ................. ....... ......................... ................ ................................ . 89 Stereo w ideni ng . ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .............. .. ................ ................................ ................ . 89 13.Organizer .................................................. .............................. ................................... .................... 90 Alarm cl ock ......................................... ................................ ................ ........................... ...................... ................ ................................ . 90 Calendar ............... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ....... ......................... ................ ................................ . 91 To-do list .............. ................................ ................ ................................ ................. ...... .......... ................................ ................ ................. 92 Notes ..................... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .... ............ ................ ................................ ................ . 92 Calculato r ............ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ........ ........ ................ ................................ ................ . 92 Countdow n tim er .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ................ . ............... ................................ ................ . 93 Stopwa tch ........... ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .......... ...... ................................ ................ ................. 93 14.Push to talk .............................................. .............................. .................................... ................... 95 Push to talk channe ls ....... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .. .............. ................ ................................ . 95 Switch PTT on a nd off ...................... ................ ................ ................................. ................ ... ............. ................................ ................ . 97 Make and receiv e a PTT call ........... ................................ ................ ................................. ........ ........ ................................ ................ . 97 Callback requests ............... ................ ................................ ................ ............................... .................. ................ ................................ . 99 Add a one-to- one contact .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ........ ........ ................ ............................... 100 PTT settings ......................................... ................ ................................ ................. ................ ................................ ................ ............... 100 Configur ation settings ..... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................................ ............... 101 Web ....................................... ................ ................................ ................ ..................... ............................ ................ ............................... 101 15.Applications ................ .............................. ............................................................ ...... ................. 102 Launch a gam e ................... ................ ................................ ................ ............................... .................. ................ ............................... 102 Launch an appli cation ...................... ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ............................... 102 Some appl ication opti ons ............................... ................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... ................................ ............... 102 Download a n application ................................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ ............... 103 Presenter .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ................. ....... ......................... ................ ............................... 103 16.SIM services ................ .............................. ............................................................ ...... ................. 105
8 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 17.Web ............................. .............................. ............................................................ .. ..................... 106 Set u p brow sing . ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .............. .. ................ ................................ ............... 106 Connect to a service ......... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ . ............... ................................ ............... 106 Browse pages ...................... ................ ................................ ................ ............................. .................... ................ ............................... 107 Bookmark s ........... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...... ................................ ................ ............... 108 Appea rance setting s ......... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. .. .............. ................ ............................... 109 Security settings ................ ................ ................................ ................ .............................. .................. . ................................ ............... 109 Download set tings ............ ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ............... 110 Service inbox ...................... ................ ................ ................................ ................. ........... ..................... ................ ............................... 110 Cache memo ry.................... ................ ................................ ................ ................. ................................ ................ ............................... 111 Browse r security ................................ ................ ................................ ................. .............. ................. . ................................ ............... 111 18.PC connectivity......................................... ............................................................ ........ ............... 114 Nokia PC Suite .................... ................ ................................ ................ ................. ............ .................... ................ ............................... 114 EGPRS, HSCS D, and CSD .................. ................ ................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... ............................................... 114 Data communi cation applications ............................... ................ ................. ................................ ................ ................ ............... 114 19.Battery information ................................. .............................. .......................................... ........... 115 Chargi ng and dischargi ng ............................... ................ ................................. ................ ....... ......................... ................ ............... 115 Nokia battery authenticati on ........ ................................ ................ ................................. .......... ...................... ................ ............... 116 Care and maint enance..... .............................. ............................................................ ............ ........... 118 Additional safety information ...................... ............................................................ ................ ....... 119 Index ................................. .............................. ........................................................... . ....................... 123
9 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . For your safety Read the se simple g uidelines . Not following them may be dangero us or ill egal. Rea d the comp lete user g uide for f urther information. SWITCH ON SAFELY Do not swit ch th e ph one on when wir eless phone use is pro hibi ted or w he n it m ay caus e int erfe rence o r da nger. RO AD SA FETY COM ES FI RS T Obey all local laws. Al ways keep your hands free to operate the veh icle while driving. Y our first co nsidera tion while driv ing should be road safety. INT ER FER ENC E All wireless phones may be susceptible to interference, which could affect performance. SW ITCH OF F IN H OSPIT ALS Follow any restrict ions. Switch th e phone off near med ical equipme nt. SWITCH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Follow any restrictions. Wireless devices can ca use interference in aircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REFUELLING Do not us e the phone at a refue lling point. D o n ot us e near f uel or chemi ca ls. SWITCH OFF NEAR BLASTI NG Foll ow a ny re stri ctions. D o n ot us e the pho ne wher e bla sting i s in prog ress. USE SEN SIBLY Use o nly in the normal position as e xplaine d in the pr oduct docume ntation . Do no t to uch the a nte nna unnecessaril y.
10 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . QU ALIFIED S ERV ICE Only quali fied perso nnel may instal l or repa ir this pro duct. ENHA NCE MEN TS A ND BATT ERIES Use only appr oved en hancements and bat teries. Do not conn ect incompatib le pro ducts. WATER-RES ISTANCE Your phone is not water-res istant. Kee p it dry. BACK-UP COPIE S Remember to make back-up copie s or keep a written reco rd of al l importan t informatio n stored in your phone. CONNECTING TO OTHER DEVICES When connecti ng to any othe r devic e, read its user g uide for d etailed sa fety instruct ions. D o not conn ect incompatib le produc ts. EMER GENC Y CA LL S Ensure the ph one is switc hed on and in service. P ress the en d key as man y times as need ed to cle ar the displa y and return to the st art screen. En ter the emerg ency number, then pre ss the call key. Give your loca tion. Do no t end the call u ntil given p ermissi on to do so. â Abo ut you r de vice The wireless device de scribed i n this guide is approved for us e on the EGSM 850 , 900, 180 0 and 1900 ne tworks. Co ntact your service provider for more informat ion about networks. When using the feat ures in this device, obey all laws and respect t he privacy and legitimate ri g hts of oth ers. When ta king and usin g images or video cli ps, obey all l aws and res pect loca l customs as well a s privacy and legiti mate rights of othe rs. Warni ng : To use any features in this device , other than the alarm clock, the devi ce must be switc hed on. Do not switch the device on when wireles s device use ma y cause interfere nce or dang er.
11 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Network serv ices To use the p hone you mus t have service from a wirel ess service p rovide r. Many of th e features in this device d epend on features in the wireles s network to function . These n etwork se rvices may not be ava ilabl e on all networks o r you may hav e to make speci fic arrangeme nts with your service provider be fore you can utili ze network s ervices. Y our service p rovider may need to give you additional instructions for their use and explain what ch arges will apply. Some networks may have limita tions that affect how you can use n etwork service s. For insta nce, some netw orks may not suppor t all langu age- depend en t char act ers a nd s ervic es. Your se rvice provid er ma y have reque sted th at cer tain fea tures be disa bled or no t act ivat ed in yo ur device . If so, t hey wi ll no t appear on your de vice menu. Your d evice may also have been specially configured for your n etwork provid er. This config uration may inclu de chang es in menu names , menu order and icons. Contact your ser vice provid er for more information. This device su pport s WAP 2.0 p rotoc ols (HTTP and S SL) that run on T CP/IP p rot ocols . So me fea tures of this de vic e, such as multimed ia messag ing (MMS) , browsing, e- mail app licati on, inst ant messagi ng, prese nce enhanc ed contacts, r emote synch roniz ation , an d co ntent d ow nload ing u sin g the b row ser or M MS, requi re ne twork s upp ort f or th ese techn ologi es. â Sha red me mory The fo llowing fea tures in th is device ma y share memory : g alle ry, contac ts, text mes sages, mu ltimed ia messages , and ins tant messag es, e-mail , calend ar, to-do n otes, Java TM gam es an d a ppli cation s , an d no te ap pl ica tio n. U se of o ne or mo re of thes e featur es may redu ce the memory ava ilabl e for the rem aining f eatures sha ring memory. For exa mple, savin g many Java applica tions m ay use al l of the a vailable me mory . Your device may displ ay a mes sage that the memory is full when you try to use a sha red memory fea ture. In this case, delete some of the informa tion or en tries s tored in the s hared memo ry featur es befor e continuing. Some of the feat ures, s uch as text messag es, may have a certain amo unt of memory sp eciall y allotted to them in additi on to the memo ry shared with othe r features.
12 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Enh ancem en ts A few practical rules about accessories and enhancements ⢠Kee p al l acc e ssor ie s an d en han cem en ts o ut of the rea ch of sm all chi ldr en . ⢠Whe n you di sconne ct the powe r cord of a ny ac cessor y or enhanc emen t, grasp and pu ll the pl ug, no t the cord. ⢠Check regula rly that e nhancements installe d in a vehi cle are mounted and are opera ting pro perly. ⢠Installa tion of any co mplex car e nhancements must be made by qu alified personnel only .
13 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . General info rmatio n â Overv iew of funct ion s Your phone provid es many funct ions that are practical for daily use, suc h as a t ext and multime dia messaging, a calendar, a c lock, an alarm clock, a radio, a mus ic player , and a built-i n camera. Your phone also supports t he following functions: ⢠Plug and play online service to get the configuration s ettings. See Plug and play service p. 20 , and Configuration settings service p. 14 . ⢠Push to t alk. See Push to tal k p. 95 . ⢠A microSD memor y car d to extend the memor y capacit y of the p hone. See Insert a microSD card p. 18 and Memory ca rd p. 81 . ⢠Active s tandby. Se e Active standby p. 24 . ⢠Audio messaging. See Nokia Xpress audio messaging p. 40 . ⢠Instant messaging. See Ins tant messaging p. 44 . ⢠E-mail application. See E- mail applicat ion p. 41 . ⢠Enhanced voice dialing. See E nhanced v oice dialing p. 28 an d Voice commands p. 67 . ⢠Presence-enhanc ed contacts . See My pr esence p. 56 . ⢠Java 2 Plat form, Micro Edition (J 2ME TM ). See Applications p. 102 .
14 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Acce ss co des Security code The security code (5 to 10 digits) help s to protect your phone agains t unauthorized use. The preset c ode is 12345. To change the code, and t o set t he phone to request the code , see Security p. 76 . PIN co des The personal id entification number (PIN) code and th e universal pers onal identification number (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digits) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized use. See Secur ity p. 76 . The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digits) may be s upplied with the SIM card and is r equired for some f unctions. The module PIN is required t o access t he information in t he securit y module. See Security module p. 111 . The signing PIN is required for t he digital signature. See D igital signature p. 112 . PUK co des The personal unblocking key (PUK) code and t he universal personal unblocking key (UPUK) code (8 digits) is required to change a blocked PIN code and UPIN code, respectively. The PUK2 code (8 digit s) is required to change a bloc ked PIN2 code . If the code s are not supplied with the SIM ca rd, contact your loc al service provider for the codes. Bar ring pa sswo rd The barring password (4 digits) is r equired when using the Call barring service . See Security p. 76 . â Conf igur ati on s ett ing s s ervic e To use some of the network services , such as mobile Internet s ervices, MMS, Nokia Xpress audio messaging, or remote Internet server synchroniza tion, your phone n eeds the correct configuration settings. You may be able
15 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . to receiv e the settings directly a s a conf iguration message. After r eceiving the s ettings you ne ed to s ave them on your phone. The service provide r may provide a PIN that is neede d to s ave the s ettings. F or more infor mation on availability, c ontact your network ope rator, ser vice provider , nearest aut horized Nokia d ealer, or visit t he support area on the No kia Web sit e, www.nokia. com/support. When you have received the sett ings as a conf iguration message, and the s ettings are not automatically saved and activate d, Configuration settings receive d is displa yed. To save the s ettings, select Show > Save . If the phone requests Enter settings' PIN : , enter th e PIN code for the settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code, contact the ser vic e provider t hat supplies t he settings. If no settings are sa ved yet, these sett ings are saved and set as def ault configurat ion settings. O therwise, the phone asks A ctiv ate saved configuration s ettings? . To discard the received settings, select Exit or Show > Di sca rd . â Down load c onte nt You may be a ble to downloa d new conte nt (for ex ample, themes) t o the phone (network se rvice). Select the download function (for example, in the Gallery menu). To ac cess the download funct ion, see the respec tive menu descriptions. You may also be able to downloa d updates of phone software (network service). See Phone p. 74 , Phone updates . For the a vailability of different s ervices, pricin g, and tar iffs, contact y our service pr ovider. Import ant: Use only service s that you trust and that offer adeq uate securit y and protecti on against harmful software.
16 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Nokia supp ort Check www. nokia.com/s upport or your local Nokia Web si te for the latest vers ion of this guide, additional information, downloads, and services related to your Nokia product. On the W eb site, you can get infor mation on the us e of Nokia products and services. If you need t o contact customer service, che ck th e list of local Nok ia Car e contac t center s at www.nokia.com/cus tomerser vice. For maintenanc e services , check y our nearest N okia service ce nter at w ww.nokia.com/repair .
17 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1. Get started â Inst all SIM card a nd ba ttery Always s witch the d evice off an d disconnect the charger before removing the battery. Keep all SI M cards out of the reach of sma ll chil dren. For availability and information o n using SIM card services, contact your S IM card vendor. This may be the s ervice provider, network opera tor, or other vendor. This device is intended for use wi th BL-4C battery. Alway s use original Nokia batteries . See Nokia b attery aut he nti ca tio n p. 116 . The SIM card and its contacts can easily be damaged by scratches or bending, so be careful when handling, inserting, or removing the ca rd. To remove t he back c over of t he phone, pr ess sightly (1) and slide the cov er (2). Remove t he battery as shown (3). Open the SIM ca rd holder (4). and insert the SIM ca rd properly into t he holder (5). Close the SIM card holde r (6).
18 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Replace the battery (7). Slide the back cover into i ts place (8, 9). â Inse rt a mi cro SD car d Keep all micr oSD memory cards out of the re a ch of small children. 1. Remove the back cover of the phone. 2. Insert the card into the microSD card slot with the golden contact surface facing down, and pr ess it until it locks into place. 3. Close t he back cover of the phone. Use only compa tible micr oSD cards with th is device. Other me mory cards, such as Reduced Si ze MultiMe dia cards, do not fit in the mic roSD car d slot and are n ot compatible with this device. Using an in compatible memory card ma y damage the memory ca rd as well as the d evice, and d ata stored on th e incompatib le card may be cor rupted . Use only micro SD cards approved by Nokia for use with th is device. Nokia util izes th e approved in dustry s tandards fo r memory cards but not all o ther brands may function correctly or be fully compati ble with this device . â Re move the micro SD c ard Import ant: Do not remove the microSD card i n the middle o f an operatio n when the card is being acce ssed. Removing the card in the middle of an operatio n may damage the memory card a s well as the device , and data stored on the ca rd may be corrupted. You can remove or replace the microSD card during phone operation wit hout switching t he phone off.
19 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1. Make sure that no applic ation is currently accessing t he micro SD memory card. 2. Remove the back cover of the phone. 3. Press the microSD c ard slightly in to releas e the locking. 4. Remove the microSD card from t he slot. â Charge the ba tte ry Check the mode l number of any charger before use with this device . This device is in tended for use when suppl ied with power from an AC-3 o r AC-4 cha rger. War ning : Use only ba tter ies, c harg ers, and enhance me nts appr ov ed by Nok ia for use with t his pa rticula r mode l. Th e use o f an y othe r ty pes may i nva lidat e any app rova l or w arra nty , and m ay be d angero us. For availa bility of approv ed enhancemen ts, pleas e check with your deal er. When you di sconnect the power co rd of any enhanc ement, g ras p and pull t he plug, not t he co rd. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. Connect the lead f rom the charger to the s ocket on the bot tom of your phone. If the bat tery is complet ely disc harged, it may take a few minutes before th e charging indicator appea rs on the display or bef ore any calls can be made. The charging t ime depends on the charger us ed. Charging a BL-4C battery w ith the AC- 3 charger takes approximately 2 hours and 20 minutes while the phone is in the standby mode.
20 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Open and clos e t he ph one To open the phone press t he fold release but ton (1). T he fold opens automatically (2). To close t he phone turn t he fold ma nually in its clos ed position. To switch off a tone that sounds when you open and close the phone, see Tone s p. 63 . â Switc h the pho ne on and of f Warn ing : Do not swit ch the phone o n when wi reless ph one use is p rohibi ted or whe n it may cause in terfe rence or danger. To switch the phone on or off, pr ess and hold t he power key. See Keys and par ts p. 22 . If the phon e asks for a PIN or a UP IN code, e nter the code (displa yed as ****), and selec t OK . Set t h e t ime, tim e z one , an d date Enter the local time, s elect the t ime zone of y our locat ion in terms of the t ime difference with respec t to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT), and ent er the dat e. See T ime and date p. 65 . Plug an d play s ervi ce When you switch on your phone for the first time, and the phone is in t he standby mode, you are asked to get the configurat ion settings from y our service provider (ne twork service). Confir m or decl ine the query. See " Connect to s erv . suppor t ," p. 76 , and Configurat ion settings service p. 14 .
21 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Ante n na Your device has a n internal anten na. Not e: As with any other radio transmitting device, do not touch the antenna unnecess arily when the de vice is s witch ed on. C ontac t with the a ntenna affects cal l quali ty and may caus e the device to op erate at a hig her power level than oth erwise need ed. Av oiding conta ct with th e antenna ar ea when operati ng the device optimize s the anten na performa nce and the bat tery lif e. â Phone strap Thread the strap through t he eyelet of the phone as shown in the picture and tighten it.
22 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 2. Y our pho ne â K eys and p art s 1 Earpiece 2 Main display 3 Left and right s election keys 4 Middle selection key 5 Call key 6 Key pa d 7 Infrared window 8 Fold release but ton 9 4-way navigation key 10 End key 11 Loudspeaker 12 Phone strap eyelet 13 Pop-Port TM connector flap 14 Charger c onnector
23 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 15 Camera lens 16 Volume keys (Volume up = PTT key ) 17 Mini display 18 Came ra key 19 Power key Connec tor flap To connect enhanc ements, open the Pop- Port TM connector flap.
24 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Standby mod e When the phone is ready f or use, and y ou have not en tered any character s, the phone is in the s tandby mode. Main disp lay 1 Signal strength of the ce llular network 2 Batte ry c harge status 3 Indicators 4 Name of the network or the ope rator logo 5 Clock 6 Mai n sc r ee n 7 Function of t he left s election ke y is Go to or a shortcut t o another function. See Left selection key p. 65 . 8 Function of t he middle sele ction key is Me nu 9 Function of t he right se lection key is Names or a shortcut to anot her function. See Right selection key p. 66 . Oper ator variant s may have an operator - specific name to acc ess an operat or-specific W eb site. Active s tandby In the ac tive standby mode there is a list of selected ph one features and information on t he screen t hat you can directly a ccess in the standby mode. To switch on the mode, s elect Menu > Settings > Main display > Standby mode settings > A ctive standby > My active standby . In the standby mode, s croll up or down to activ ate the navigation in the list. To start the f eature, s elect Select ; or to displa y the inf ormation, s elect View . Left and right arrows at the beginning and end of a line indicate th at further information is available by s crolling left or right. To end the ac tive standby navigation mode , select Exit .
25 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To organize and change t he active standby mode, activate the navigation mode, and select Option s > Acti ve standby > My ac tive standby > Options and the follow ing options: P ersonalise â Assign or c hange phone features in the s tandby mode. Organise â Move t he position of features in the standby mode. Enabling active standby â Select keys to activate the standby navigation mode. To change the s ettings, see Standby mode sett ings p. 64 . To switch off the a ctive s tandby mode select Options > Active standby > Off ; or s elect Menu > Settings > Main display > Standby mode settings > Ac ti ve s ta ndb y > Off . Sho rtcu ts in the stand by mo de ⢠To acces s the list of dialed numbers , press t he call ke y once. Scr oll to the number or name that y ou want; and to call t he number, press the call key. ⢠To open the we b browse r, press and hol d 0 . ⢠To call your voice mailbox, press and hold 1 . ⢠Use the navigation key as a s hortcut. See My shortcuts p. 65 . ⢠Press the c amera key t o start t he camera (still photo). ⢠In camera mode press the volume keys to zoom in or out . ⢠Press a volume key to mut e the ringing tone of an incoming call when the phone is clos ed. ⢠Press the powe r key to acce ss the profiles menu on the ma in display.
26 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Indicat ors You have unread messages in t he Inbox folder. You have unsent, canceled or failed messages in the Outbox folder. The phone registered a missed call. Your phone is connected to t he instant messaging service , and t he availability status is online or offline. You receive d one or s everal instant messages, and you are connected to the instant messaging service. The ke ypad is loc ked. The phone does not r ing for an incoming call or text message. The alarm clock is set to On . The countdown timer is running. The stopw atch is running in t he background. The phone is registered t o the GPRS or EGPRS network. A GPRS or E GPRS connection is establis hed. T he GPRS or EGPRS connection is suspended (on hold) , for example, if there is an incoming or outgoing call during an EGPRS dial-up c onnection. A Bluetooth connection is active. , Push to talk connec tion is ac tive or suspende d. See P ush to tal k p. 95 . If you have two phone lines, the second phone line is select ed.
27 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . All incoming c alls are divert ed to another number . The louds peaker is a ctivated, or t he music s tand is connec ted to the phone. Calls are limited to a c losed user gr oup. The timed pr ofile i s selected. A headset, handsfree, lo opset, or mus ic stand enhanc ement is connected to t he phone. â K ey pad loc k (key gu ard) To prevent t he keys from being acc identally pres sed, select Men u , and pres s * within 3.5 seconds t o lock the keypad. To unlock the keypad, select Unlock , and press * within 1.5 seconds. If t he Security keygu ard is set On , ent er the security code if requested. To answer a call when t he keyguard is on, press the call key. When y ou end or reject the call, th e keypad automatically locks . For Sec urity keyguar d , see Phone p. 74 . When the keyg uard is on , calls still ma y be possib le to the offi cial emerg ency number p rogrammed into your devi ce. â Funct ions w ithou t a SIM card Several f unctions of your phone may be used w ithout installing a SIM card (for e xample the data transfer wit h a compatible PC or another c ompatible device). N ote that when you use the phone w ithout a SIM car d, some functions appear dimme d in the menus and cannot be used. Synchronizing wit h a remote Internet se rver is not possible without a SIM card. For an emergency cal l, some networ ks may require that a valid SI M card is properly inserte d in the device .
28 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 3. Call functions â Make a c all 1. Enter the phone number, including t he area code . For internat ional calls, p ress * twice f or the int ernational pref ix (the c haracter re places the int ernational access code ), enter t he country c ode, the ar ea code without the leading 0, if necessa ry, and the phone number. 2. To call the number, press t he call key . 3. To end the ca ll or to canc el the c all attempt, press the end key, or close t he phone. To search for a name or phone number that you have save d in Contacts , s ee Search for a contact p. 54 . P ress the call key t o call the number. To acces s the list of dialled number s, press t he call ke y onc e in the st andby mode. To call the number, s elect a number or name, and press the call key. Speed dia ling Assign a phone number to one of the speed-dialing keys, 2 to 9 . See Speed dials p. 59 . Call the number in either of the following ways : ⢠Press a speed-dialing key, then the call key. â¢I f Speed dialling is set to On , press and hold a s peed-dialing key until the call begins. See Speed dialling in Call p. 72 . Enhanced voice dialing You can make a phone call by s aying the name that is saved in the contact list of the p hone. A voice c ommand is added a utomatically to all entries in t he conta ct list of the p hone.
29 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If an applicat ion is sending or receiving dat a using a pa cket data c onnection, end the applica tion before you use voice dialing. Voice commands are language -dependent. To s et the language, see Voice playback language in Phone p. 74 . Note: Using voi ce tags may be difficu lt in a noisy envi ronment or during an emerg ency, so you should not rely solely u pon voice dialin g in all cir cumstances. 1. In the standby mode, press and hold the right selection key or press and hold the volume down k ey. A short tone is playe d, and Speak now is displayed. If you ar e using a compatible hea dset with t he headse t key, press and hold the he adset key to star t the voice dialing. 2. Say the voice command clearly. If the voice recognition wa s successfu l, a lis t with mat ches is shown. The phone plays the voice command of the match on the top of the list. After about 1.5 seconds, the phone dials the number; or if the res ult is not the corre ct one, scroll t o another e ntry, and s elect to dial the ent ry. Using voice c ommands to car ry out a selected phone f unction is s imilar to voice dialing. See Vo i c e commands in My shortcut s p. 65 . â Ans wer or re ject a call To answer an inc oming call, pre ss the call ke y, or open the phone. To end the c all, press th e end key or clos e the phone. To reject an incoming call if the phone is open, pr ess th e e nd key. To reject an incoming c all when the phone is closed, pres s and hold a volume key. To mute the ringing tone, pr ess a volume key when the phone is clos ed, or selec t Silence when the phone is open. Tip : If the Divert if busy function is activated to divert the call s (for exa mple, to yo ur voice mailbox), rejecting an incoming call also diver ts the c all. See Call p. 72 .
30 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If a compatibl e headset supplie d with t he headset ke y is connec ted to the phone, to answer and end a cal l, press th e headset ke y. Call wait ing To answer the waiting call dur ing an active call, press t he call key. The first call is put on hold. To end the act ive call, press the end key. To a ctiv ate the Call waiting f unction, see Call p. 72 . â Opti ons durin g a ca ll Many of the options that you c an use duri ng a call are network s ervices. For availabilit y, cont act your s ervice provider. During a call , select O ptions and f rom the following options: Call options are Mute or Unmut e , Cont acts , Menu , Lock keypad , Record , Loudspeaker or Handset . Network services options are Ans we r or Reject , Hold or Un hold , New call , Add to confer ence , End call , End all calls , and the following: Send DTMF â t o send tone strings Swap â t o switch bet ween the active call and the call on hold Tr a ns f e r â t o connect a call on hold to an act ive call and dis connect yourself Co nf er en ce â to make a conference call that a llows up to five persons to take part in a confer ence call Private call âÂÂto discuss privately in a co nference ca ll Warn ing : Do not hold the device near you r ear when the loudsp eaker is in use, becau se the volume may be extremel y lo ud.
31 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 4. Wri te tex t You can enter text (for example, when w riting mess ages) using traditi onal or predictive text input. When you write text , text input indicators appear at t he top of the display . indicates traditional text input. indicates predictive text input. Predictive text input allows you t o write t ext quick ly using the phone key pad and a built-in dict ionary. You can ent er a letter wit h a si ngle keypress. indicates predict ive t ext input wit h Word suggestions . The phone predicts and completes the word before y ou enter all the characters. , , or appears next to t he text input indicat or , indicating the character c ase. To change the character c ase, pr ess # . indicates number mode . To change from the letter t o number mode, pr ess and hold # , and select Number mode . To set the w riting langua ge while writing text, se lect Options > Writing language . â Pr edi cti ve text in put To set predict ive text input on, select Options > Prediction on . Tip: To quickly set predic tive text input on or off when writing text, press # twice, or select and hold Options . 1. Start writing a word us ing the 2 to 9 k eys. Press each ke y only once for one letter. The ente red letters are displayed underlined. To insert a s pecial character, pres s and hold * , or select Options > Insert symbol . Scroll to a c haracter, and sel ect Use . To write compounds words, enter t he first part of t he word; to confirm it, press the navigation key right. Write the next part of t he word and confirm t he word. To enter a full stop, pr ess 1 .
32 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 2. When you finish writ ing the word a nd it is correct, t o confirm it , press 0 to add space. If the word is not cor rect, press * r epeatedly, or select O ptions > Matches . W hen th e wor d th a t yo u wa nt appears, s elect the wo rd and pr ess the nav igation key . If the ? character is displayed aft er the wor d, the word you intended to write is not in t he dictionary. To add the word t o the dic tionary, s elect Spell . Complete the word (traditional text input is used), and select Save . â Traditio nal t ext inpu t To set traditional text input on, select Options > Prediction off . Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all characters available under a number key ar e printed on the key . The charact ers available depend on the s elected writing la nguage. If the next letter you want is located on the same key as t he present o ne, wait until the cursor appears, or briefly pres s any of the nav igation keys a nd enter the lette r. The most common punctuation marks and spec ial charact ers are available under the 1 k ey. For more characters, press * .
33 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 5. Navigate t he m enus The phone off ers you an e xtensive range of functions, which are grouped int o menus. 1. To acc ess the menu, select Menu . To change t he menu view , select Options > Main menu view > List , Grid , Gr id with labels , or Tab . To rearrange the menu, s croll to t he menu you want to move , and select Options > Organise > Move . Scroll to where y ou want to mov e the menu, and select OK . To save t he change, s elect Done > Yes . 2. Scroll through the menu, and select an option (for e xample, Settings ). 3. If the selected menu c ontains further submenus, select the one that y ou want (f or example, Call ). 4. If the selected menu contains further submenus, repeat step 3. 5. Select the setti ng of your c hoice. 6. To return to th e previous menu level, se lect Back . To exi t the me nu, select Exit .
34 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 6. Me ssaging You can read, w rite, send, and save text, mult imedia, e-mail, audio, and fl ash messages and pos tcards. All messages are organized into f olders. â Text message s (SMS ) With the short message service (SMS) you can send and receive text messages, and receive messages that can contain pictures (network service). Before you c an send any te xt or SMS e- mail message, you must save y our message center number. See Message settings p. 50 . To check SMS e-mail service availability and to subscribe to the service, contact your service provider. To save an e-mail ad dress in Contacts , see Save d etails p. 54 . Your device suppor ts the send ing of text messages beyond the character limit for a s ingle mes sage. Lon ger messages will b e sen t as a ser ies o f tw o or mor e me ssag es. You r se rvic e pro vid er may charge acco rdi ngl y. C hara cter s t hat u se acc ents or oth er marks, and charact ers from some la ngua ge options like Chinese , take up more s pace li miting the n umber of char acters tha t can be sen t in a single me ssage. The message l ength indicat or at t he top of th e display shows the t otal number of cha racters lef t and the number of messages needed for sending. For exa mple, 673/ 2 means that there are 673 characters left and that the message will be se nt as a se ries of two messages. Wr ite an d sen d a SMS mess age 1. Select Me nu > Messaging > Create message > Text message . 2. Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-mail address in t he To : field. To retrieve a phone number or e- mail address from Contacts , selec t Ad d > Contact . To send the message t o multiple recipients, add t he desired contacts one by one. To send t he message to persons in a group, select Contact gr oup and the desired gr oup.
35 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To retrieve the contacts to which you recently sent messages, select Add > Recently used . To retrieve contacts from previously incoming calls, select Add > Open Log . 3. For a SMS e-mail , enter a subject in the Subject: fi el d . 4. Write your message in the Message: field. See Wri te te xt p. 31. To insert a template into the message, select Options > U se template . To see how the mes sage will look to the r ecipient, select O ptions > Previ ew . 5. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . See M ess age sendi ng p. 37 . Read and reply t o an SMS m essag e When you have rec eived a mes sage, 1 message received or t he number of new messages wit h messages rece ived are shown. 1. To view a new message, select Show . To vie w it later , select Ex it . To read the message later, s elect Menu > Messaging > Inbox . If more th an one mes sage is re ceived, se lect the message you want to read. is shown if you have unread mes sages in Inbox . 2. To view t he list of available options while reading a message, select Options . 3. To r eply to a message, select Reply > Text message , Multimedia , Flash mes sage , or Audio message . To send a text message to an e-mail address, enter the e-mail address in the To: field. Scroll down, and write your message in the Mes sage: field. See Wr ite text p. 31 . If you want t o change the message type for your reply message, select Options > Change message type . 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . See M ess age sendi ng p. 37 . â SIM me ssage s SIM messages are text messages that a re saved to your SIM car d. You can co py or mov e those messages t o the phone memory, but not vice ve rsa. Rec eived messages are saved to the phone memory. To read SIM mes sages, selec t Men u > Messaging > Options > SIM messages .
36 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Mul tim edi a messa ges (MMS ) Note: Only d evices t h at ha ve compati ble fe atures ca n rec eive and dis play mul timedia me ssages . The appearance of a m ess age may v ary depend in g on t he r eceiv ing d evic e. To check availability and t o subscribe to the multime dia me ssaging network s ervice, contact your service provider. Se e Multimedia message s p. 51 . A multimedia messa ge can contain t ext, sound, image s, video c lips, a bus iness card, and a calenda r note. If t he message is too large, t he phone may not be able to re ceive it. Some network s allow text messages th at include an Internet addr ess where you can vie w the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia mes sages during a call or an active browsing session over GSM data. Bec ause delivery of mult imedia messages can fail for various re asons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communications. Write and sen d a MMS mess age The wir eless networ k may limit the s ize of MMS me ssages. If the inser ted image ex ceeds thi s limit, th e device may make it smaller s o that it can b e sent by MMS . 1. Select Me nu > Messaging > Create message > Multimedia . 2. Enter your message. Your phone supports mult imedia messages that contain several pages (s lides). A message can c ontain a calendar note and a bus iness card as attachments. A slide can c ontain text, one image, and one s ound clip; or text and a video clip. To ins ert a s lide in the message, select New ; or select Options > Insert > Slide . To insert a f ile in t he message , select Ins ert ; or select Options > Inse rt . 3. To view t he message before sending it, select Options > Preview . 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . See M ess age sendi ng p. 37 . 5. Enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number in the To : field. To ret rieve a phone number from Contacts , select Add > Contact . To send the message t o multiple recipients, add t he desired cont acts one by one. To send the
37 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . message to persons in a group, select Contact gr oup and the des ired group. T o retrieve t he contac ts to which you rece ntly se nt messages, select Add > Recently used . Message sending Co pyr ig ht p ro tect i ons may pre ven t so me i mages, mus ic (in clu di ng r in gin g to ne s), and oth e r con ten t f ro m be in g copi ed, modified, transferred or forw arded. When you finish writing your me ssage, t o send the me ssage, selec t Se nd . The phone s aves t he messa ge in the Outb ox folder, and the sending s tarts. If you select Save sent messages > Ye s , the sent mess age is saved i n the Sent items folder. See Genera l se ttin gs p. 50 . Note: When the phone is sen ding the mes sage, th e animated is shown . This is an indication that the mes sage has be en sent b y your d evice t o the me ssage center numb er prog rammed i nto y our device . This is not an ind icatio n that the mess age has been rece ived at the i ntende d destinati on. For more d etails ab out messag ing service s, check w ith y ou r s e rv ice pr o v id er . It takes more time to send a multimedia message than to send a t ext message. While the message is being sent, you can use ot her functions on the phone. If an interrupt ion occur s while the message is being sent, t he phone tries to res end the messa ge a few times. If these attempts fail, the mes sage remains in the Outbox folder. You can try to res en d it late r. Cancel messa ge sen ding To cancel the sending of the messages in the Outbox folder, scroll to the desired message, and select Options > Cancel sending . Read and reply t o a MMS mess age Import ant: Exercis e caution whe n opening me ssages. Mu ltimedi a message objec ts may contain malicio us software or otherwise be ha rmful to your device or PC. When you receive a new multimedia mes sage, Multimedia mes sage received or the number of new messages with messages receiv ed is shown.
38 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1. To r ead the mess age, sele ct Show . To v iew it la ter, selec t Exit . To read the message later, s elect Menu > Messaging > Inbox . Scroll to t he message that you want to view, and select it . is shown if you have unread mes sages in Inbox . 2. To view the whole me ssage if the r eceived message contains a presentat ion, select Play . To view the fil es in the pr esentation or t he attachment s, select Options > O bjects or Attachments . 3. To reply t o the mes sage, s elect O ptions > Reply > T ext message , Multimedia , Po s t c a r d , Flash message , or Audio message . Write t he reply message. If you want to change the message t ype for your reply message, selec t Options > Change message type . The new message t ype may not support all the c ontent that you have a dded. 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . See M ess age sendi ng p. 37 . â Memo ry full When you receive a mes sage, and the memory f or the mes sages is f ull, Memory full. Unable to rec eive messages. is s hown. T o first delet e old messages , select OK > Ye s and th e folder. Scroll to the des ired message, and select Delete . If more messages are t o be delet ed, sele ct Ma rk . Mark all t he messages you want to delete, and select Options > Delete marked . â Fold ers The phone s aves receiv ed message s in the Inbox folder. Messages t hat have not y et been sent are s aved in t he Outbox folder. To set the phone to save the s ent messages i n the Sent items folder, s ee Save sent messages in General se ttings p. 50 . To save t he message that you wr ite and want to se nd later in th e Drafts folder, select O ptions > Save message > Draf ts
39 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . You can move your messages to th e Saved items folder. To organize your Saved items subfolders, s elect Menu > Messaging > Sav ed items . To a dd a folder , select Options > Add folder . To delete or rename a folder, scroll to the desired folder , and select Options > D elete folder or Rename f older . Your phone has templates. To create a new templ ate, save a message as a template. T o access the template list, sel ect Menu > M essaging > Saved items > Templates . â Po s t c a r d s With the postcard messagi ng service (networ k service ), create a nd send postcar ds that may contain an image and a greet ing text. The postcard is sent to the service pr ovider using multimedia mes saging. The service provider print s the postcard and sends it t o the pos tal address give n with t he message. Mult imedia messaging service must be activ ated before t his service can be used. Before you can use the p ostcard service you must subscribe to the service. To check the availabil ity, and costs, and to subscrib e to the service, conta ct your networ k operator or service p rovider. Se nd a pos tca rd Select Menu > Messaging > Create message > Po s t c a r d . Scroll t o the edi tor fields, ent er the name , the pos tal address, a nd the city of the re cipient (mandatory edit or fields , marked by a *). Scroll to t he image f ield and se lect Insert > Open Gallery to insert an image from G allery or New image to insert a re cent photo; t hen write your greeting text. Select Options to se e the options available. To send the postcard, select the graphical key or Options > Send .
40 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Flas h mes sages Flash message s are te xt messages that are instan tly dis played upon r eception. Flas h messages ar e not automatically saved. Write a flas h m essag e Select Menu > Messaging > Create message > Flas h message . Enter the r ecipient âÂÂs phone number in the To: field. Scrol l down, and wr ite your message in the Message: f ield. The maximum length of a flash message is 70 characters. To insert a blinking t ext into t he message, s elect O ptions > Ins ert blink char acter to set a marker. The text behind the marker blinks until a second marker is inserted. Rec ei ve a fl ash mes sa ge A received f lash message is indicat ed with Message: and a few words from the beginning o f the message. To read the me ssage, s elect Read . To extract phone number s, e- mail addresses, and Web site addresses from the curr ent me ssag e, sele ct Options > Use detail . To save t he message, select Save and t he folder in which you want to s ave it. â Nokia Xp ress aud io me ssaging You can use the multimedia mes sage service to cr eate and send a audio me ssage in a conve nient way. Multimedia messaging service must be activated before you c an use audio messages. Create an audio mes sage 1. Selec t Me nu > Messaging > Create message > Audio message . The recorde r opens. To u se the recorder, see Voice recorder p. 88 . 2. Speak your message .
41 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 3. Ent er the recipientâÂÂs phone number in the To: fie ld. To retrieve a phone number from Contacts , select Ad d > Contact . To send the message t o multiple recipients, add t he desired cont acts one by one. To send the message to persons in a group, select Contact gr oup and the des ired group. T o retrieve t he contac ts to which you rece ntly se nt messages, select Add > Recently used . 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send . Rece ive a n audi o mes sa ge When your phone receive s an audio me ssage, 1 audio message received is displayed. To open t he message , sel ect Play ; or if more than one me ssage is r eceived, selec t Show > Pl a y . To listen to t he message later, select Exit . To see the ava ilable options, se lect Options . â E-mai l appli catio n The e-mail application uses a packet data connect ion (network s ervice) to a llow you to access your e-mail account from y our phone when you are not in the off ice or at home. This e -mail application is different fr om the SMS e-mail f unction. To use the e- mail function on y our phone, yo u need a compatible e-mail system. You can write, send , and read e-mail with your phone. You can als o save and delete the e-mail on a compat ible PC. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before you c an send and re trieve any e-mail messages, you must do t he follow ing: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail account or use y our curre nt account. T o check t he a vailability of your e-mail acc ount, contact your e -mail service provider. ⢠Check your e-mail settings with your network operator or e-mail service provider. You may receive the e-mail configuration set tings as a configuration message . See Configuration settings service p. 14 . You c an also enter the settings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . To act ivate the e- mail set tings, select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > E- mail messages . See E-mail mes sages p. 52 . This application does not s upport keypad tones.
42 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Se ttin g W iz ard The setting wiz ard will st art automatically if no e -mail settings are de fined in the phone . To ente r the settings manually, se lect Menu > Messaging > E-mail > Options > Manage accounts > Options > Ne w . The Manage accounts options allow you to add, del ete, and change t he e-mail s ettings. Make sure that you have defi ned the co rrect preferr ed acces s point for y our operator. See Configuration p. 75 . The e-mail application requires an Internet access point without a proxy. WAP access points normally include a proxy an d do not work with the e- mail application. Write and send an e-mail You can write your e-mail mes sage before connecting to the e-mail service; or connect to the s ervice first, then write and s end your e-mail. 1. Selec t Me nu > Messaging > E-mail > Write new e-mail . 2. If mor e than one e-mail account is defined, select t he account from which you want to s end the e-mail. 3. Ent er the recipientâÂÂs e-mail addr ess. 4. W rite a s ubject for the e-mail. 5. W rite the e-mail message. See Write text p. 31 . To attach a file to the e-mail, select Options > Attach file and a file fr om Gal lery . 6. To send the e-mail message immediately, select Send > Send no w . To save the e- mail in the Outbox folder to be sent l ater, sele ct Send > Send lat er . To edit or continue writing your e-mail later, se lect O ptions > Save as draft . The e-mail is saved in Outb oxe s > Dr afts . To send the e-mail lat er, select Menu > M essaging > E-mail > Options > Send now or Send and check for e-mail .
43 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Downloa d e-mail 1. To download e-mail me ssages that hav e been sent t o your e-mail account, select Men u > Messaging > E-mail > Check for new e- mail . If more than one e-mail account is def ined, sele ct the acc ount from which you want t o download the e-mail. The e-mail application only downloads e-mail heade rs at fi rst. 2. Selec t Ba c k . 3. Selec t Inbox es , the account name, and t he new message, and select Retr ieve to download the complete e-mail message. To download new e-mail mes sages and to send e-mail that has been sa ved in the Outbox folder, select Options > Send and check for e -mail Read and reply t o e-ma il Im po rt a nt: Exerc ise cautio n when open ing messag es. E-ma il messa ges may conta in mali cious softw are or otherwise be harmful to y our device or PC . 1. Selec t Me nu > Messaging > E-mail > Inboxes , t he account name, and the des ired message. 2. W hile reading the message, select Options to v iew the av ailable options. 3. To repl y to an e-mail, select Reply > Original text or Empty message . To reply to many, select Options > Reply to all . Confirm or edit t he e-mail address and subject, then write your reply. 4. To send the m essa ge, se lec t Send > Send no w . E-mail folder s Your phone saves e-mail that you have dow nloaded from your e-mail account in th e Inboxes folder. The Inboxes folder cont ains the f ollowing folders : âÂÂAccount nameâ for incoming e- mail, Archive for archiving e-mail, Custom 1 âÂÂCustom 3 f or sorting e-mail, Ju nk where all sp am e-mail is st ored, Dr af ts for saving
44 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . unfinished e-mail, Outbox for saving e-mail that has not been sent, and Sent items for saving e-mail that has been sent. To manage the f olders and t heir e-mail c ontent, selec t Op ti ons t o view t he available options of eac h folder. Spam filter The e-mail application allows you to activate a built-in spam filter. To activate and define t his filter, select Options > Spam filt er > Settings in the main e-mail idle s creen. The spam filter allows the user t o put specif ic senders on a black or whit e list. Black list sender messages are filtere d to the Junk folder. Unknown and White list sender messages are downloaded into the account inbox. To blacklist a sender, select the e-mail message in the Inboxes folder and Options > Blacklist sender . â Ins ta nt messag ing You can t ake text me ssaging to t he next le vel by expe r iencing instant messa ging (IM) (network service) in a wireless environment. You can engage in ins tant messaging with friends and f amily, regard less of the mobile system or pla tform (like the Internet) they are using, as long as y ou all use t he same instant messaging ser vice. Before you can s tart using instant mes saging, you must fi rst subscribe to your wireless service providerâÂÂs text messaging service and register with the ins tant messaging service you want to use. You mus t also obtain a user name and pas sword before you can use instant messaging. See Register wit h an inst ant messaging service p. 45 for more informati on. Note : Depending on both your IM se rvice provider and yo ur wireless service provi der, y ou may not have access to all of the features des cribed in this guide. To set the require d settings for the inst ant messaging service, see Connectio n se ttings in Access p. 45 . The icons and texts on the display may v ary, depending on t he instant messaging service. While you are connected to the instant messaging service, you can use the other functions of the phone, and the instant mes saging conve rsation remains active i n the back ground. Depending on the network, t he active
45 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . instant messaging conversation may consume the phon e battery faster , and you may need to connect the phone to a charger. Regi ster wit h an inst ant mes sagi ng serv ice You can do t his by regis tering over t he Internet wit h the IM s ervice provider you have s elected to use. During the registrat ion process, you will have the oppor tunity to cre ate the use r name and pass word of yo ur choice. For more information about signing up f or instant me ssa ging services , contact y our wir eless service provider. Access To access the Instant messages menu while still o ffline, select Me nu > Messaging > Instant messages ( Instant messages may be replaced by another term depending on the service pr ovider). If more than one s et of connection setti ngs for instant mes saging serv ice is available, select the one y ou want. If th ere is only one set defined, it is selec ted automatically. The following options ar e shown: Login â to conne ct to the instant mes saging servic e. To se t the phone t o automatically connect t o the instant messaging service when you s witch on th e phone; in the l ogin session, s croll to Automatic logi n: and selec t Change > On , or select Menu > Messaging > Instant messages , conne ct to the inst ant messaging service, and sel ect Options > Settings > Automatic login > On . Saved conversations â to view, er ase, or rename the conve rsations that you saved dur ing an instant messaging sess io n Connection settings â to edit t he settings nee ded for messaging and pr esence c onnection Connec t To connect to the ins tant messaging service, acce ss the Instant messages menu, select the instant messaging service, if needed, and select Login . When th e phone has successf ully connecte d, Logged in is displayed. To disconnect from the instant messaging service, select Options > Logout .
46 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Se ssi ons When connected to the instant messaging servic e your status as seen by others is show n in a stat us line: My status: Online , My status: Busy or St atus: Appear offline â to change own s tatus, select Change . Below the status line there are three folders containing your contacts and showing their status: Conversat ions , Onlin e and Off line . To expand the folder highlight it and s elect Ex pand (or press scroll r ight), to collaps e the folder se lect Collapse (or press scroll left ). Conversations â shows the list of new and read instant mes sages or invitations to instant mes saging during the active instant mes saging session. indicat es a new group message. indicates a read group messa ge. indicates a new instant me ssage. indicates a read instant mes sage. indicates an inv itation. The icons and texts on the dis play may va ry, depending on the ins tant mess aging service you have se lected. Onlin e â shows th e number of c ontacts that are online. Offline â shows the number of contacts that are of fline To start a conversa tion, expand the O nline or the O ffline folder and s croll to the cont act with whom you would like to chat and se lect Cha t . To answer an invitation or to reply to a message expand the Conversations folder and scroll to t he contact to whom you would like to chat and select Open . To add contac ts, see Add IM c ontacts p. 48 . Groups > Public groups (not visible if groups are not supported by t he network) â the list of bookmarks to public groups provided by the service provider is dis played. To start a instant messaging ses sion with a group, scroll to a group, and select Joi n . Ent er the screen name that you want to use as your nickname in the conversation. When you have successfully joined the gr oup conversation, you can s tart a gr oup conversation. You can creat e a pr ivate group. Se e Groups p. 48 .
47 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Search > Use rs or Groups â to search for other instant messaging users or public groups on t he network by phone number, sc reen name, e-mail address, or name . If you select Groups , you can s earch for a gr oup by a member in the group, or by group name, topic, or ID. Options > Chat or Join group â to st art the conve rs ation when y ou ha ve f ound the user or the group that you want. Accept or rej ect an i nvi tati on In the standby mode, when you are c onnected to t he instan t messaging ser vice and you receive a new invitation, New invitation r eceived is displayed. To read it, select Read . If more than one invitation is received, scroll to the invitation you want, and selec t Ope n . To join the private group conv ersation, s elect Accept , and enter the s creen name you want to use as your nickname . To reject or del ete the invitat ion, select Options > Reject or Delete . Read an i nstant message In the standb y mode, when you are c onnected t o the in s tant mess aging service, and you r eceive a new message that is not a mes sage associat ed with a n active conversation, New instant mess age is displayed. To read it, sel ect Read . If you receive more than one message, N new ins tant messages appears in the display, where N is t he number of new messages. Select Re a d , s croll to a message, and select Open . New message s received during an acti ve conve rsation are held in Instant mes sages > Conversations . If you receive a message fr om someone w ho is not in IM contacts , the sender ID is displayed. To save a new contact that is not in the phone me mory, select Options > Sav e contact . Part ic ipate i n a co nvers ation To join or start an IM session, writ e your message; and selec t Send , or press t he call key. Selec t Options to v ie w the ava ilable options. If you receive a new message during a conver sation from a pe rson who is not taking part in the current conversation, is displayed, and the phone sounds an alert tone .
48 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Write your message; and se lect Send , or press the call key. Your message is displayed, and the reply message is displayed be low your mess age. Add I M contac ts When connected to the IM se rvice, in t he IM main menu se lect Options > Add contact . Select By mobile number , Ent er ID manually , Search from server , or Copy f rom server (depending on se rvice provider). W hen the c ontact is succ essfully added, the phone confirms it. Scroll to a contact . To start a conver sation, selec t Ch at . Bloc k or unb lock me ssa ges When you are in a conversation and want to blo ck me ssages, sel ect Options > Block contact . A confirmat ion query is s hown, selec t OK to block mes sages from t his conta ct. To block messages from a specific contact in your contacts list, scroll to the contact in C onversations , Online or Offline and s elect Options > Block contact > OK . To unblock a contact, in the IM main me nu select Options > Blocked list . Scroll t o the cont act you want to unblock and select Unblock > OK . Grou ps You can creat e your own pr ivate groups for an IM c o nversation, or use the public groups provided by the service provide r. The private groups exist only during an IM conver sation, and t he groups ar e saved on the server of t he service prov ider. If t he server you are logged into does not support group services, all group-related menus ar e dimmed. Public You can book mark public groups that your service provider may ma intain. Connect to the IM s ervice, and select Groups > Public groups . Scroll to a group wit h which you w ant to chat , and sele ct Join . If you are not in th e
49 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . group, enter your screen name as your nickname for the group. To delete a gr oup from your group list, select Options > Delet e group . To search for a group, select Groups > Public groups > Search groups . You can search for a group by a me mber in the group, by group name , topic, or ID. Priv ate Connect to t he IM service, and from the main menu s elect Options > Create group . Ent er the name fo r the group and the screen name t hat you want to use as your nick name. Mark the private gr oup members in t he contacts list, and write an invitation. â V o ice mess age s The voice mailbox is a network s ervice and you may ne ed to s ubscribe to it. For more inf ormation and f or your voice mailbox number, contact your servic e provider. To call your voice mailbox, se lect Menu > Messaging > V oic e messages > Listen to voice messages . To enter , search for, or edit y our voice mailbox number, sel ect Voice mailbox number . If supported by the networ k, indicat es new v oice messages. To call your voice mailbox number, select Listen . â Inf o me ssa ges Wit h Inf o messages (network servic e), you can r eceive messages on va rious topics from your s ervice provider . To check availability , topics, and the relevant topic numbers, c ontact your service provide r. â Ser v ice co mma nds Select Menu > Messaging > Service commands . Write and send serv ice requests (als o known as USSD commands), s uch as ac tivation commands for netw ork services , to your s ervice pr ovider.
50 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Dele te m e ssa ge s To delete messages, select Menu > Mes saging > D elete messages > By message t o delete single messages, By folder to delet e all mes sages from a folder, or All mess ages . If a f older contains unread messages, the phone asks whether you want t o delete them also. â Mess a ge se tt ing s Gen e ra l s et tin g s General settings are common for text and multimedia messages. Select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > General s ettings and from the followi ng options: Save sent messages > Ye s â to set the pho ne to sa ve th e sent messag es in the Sent items f older Overwriting in Sent it ems > Allowed â to set the phone to ove rwrite the old sent messages wit h the new ones when the message memory is full. This s etting is shown only if you set Save sent messages > Ye s . Font siz e â to sel ect t he fon t siz e u se d in me ssa ges Graphical smileys > Ye s â to set t he phone t o replace character-bas ed smileys with graphica l ones Text m essages The text message set tings affect t he sending, rec eiving, and vie wing of text and SMS e-mail messages . Select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > Text mes sages and from the following options: Delivery repor ts > Ye s â to ask the network t o send de livery repor ts about your messages (network ser vice) Message centres > Add centre â to set the phone number and name of the message center that is required for sending text messages. You receive this number from your service pr ovider. Message centre in use â to se lect th e message cent er in use
51 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . E-mail message centres > Add centre â to s et the phone numbe rs and name of the e -mail center for sending SMS e-mails. E-mail centre in use â to select the SMS e- mail message center in use Message validity â to select the length of time for which the network attempts to deliver your message Mess age s sent via â to sele ct the forma t of the mess ages to be sent : Text , Paging , or Fax (network servic e) Use packet dat a > Yes â to set GPRS as the preferred SMS bearer Character support > Fu ll â t o selec t all charact ers in th e messages to be s ent as viewed. If you select Re d u ced , characters with acc ents and other ma rks may be convert ed to other characters . When writ ing a mess age, you can preview it to see how t he message will look to the recipient. See Write and send a SMS message p. 34 . Reply via same cent re > Ye s â to allow the r ecipient of y our message to send you a reply us ing your messa ge center (net work ser vice) Multimed ia messag es The message s ettings affect the sending, receiving, and viewing of mult imedia mess ages. You may receiv e the co nfiguration settings for multimedia mes saging as a configuration message. See Configuration settings service p. 14 . You can also ent er the settings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . Select Menu > Messaging > Message settings > Multimedia mes sages and from the f ollowing options: Delivery repor ts > Ye s â to ask the network t o send de livery repor ts about your messages (network ser vice) Image size (multimedia) â to set the image size in multimedia me ssages. Before se nding, images will be reduced to the selected size. Default slide timing â to define t he default t ime between s lides in multimedia me ssages Allow multimedia recept. â t o rece ive or block the multimedia message, select Ye s or No . If you select In home network , you cannot receive multimedia messages when outside your home network. The default setting of the multimedia message service is general ly In home network . The availabilit y of this me nu depends on your phone.
52 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Incoming multim. msgs. â to allow t he reception of multimedia mes sages automatically, manually after being prompted, or t o reject the reception. This s etting is not s hown if Allow multimedia recept. is s et to No . Allow adverts â to receive or reject advertisements. This setting is not s hown if Allow multimedia recept. is set to No , or Incoming multim. msgs. is set to Reject . Configuration settings > Conf iguration â only the configurations t hat support mult imedia messaging are shown. Selec t a service provider, Default , or P ersonal conf iguration for multimedia messaging. Se lect Account and a mult imedia messaging service account contained in t he active configuration settings. E-mail messages The settings a ffect the sending, re ceiving, and v iewing of e-mail. You may receiv e the co nfiguration s ettings for the e-mail applicat ion as a configuration mess age. See Configuration settings service p. 14 . You can also ent er the settings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . To acti vate the s ettings for the e-mail applica tion, sele ct Me nu > Mes saging > Message settings > E-mail messages and from the followi ng options: Configuration â to sele ct th e set tha t yo u want to act iva te Account â to select an ac count pr ovided by th e service provider My name â to ent er your name or nickname E-mail address â t o enter y our e-mail address Include signature â to define a s ignature that is automat ically added to th e end of your e-ma il when you write your message Reply-to address â to enter the e-mail addr ess to which you want the replie s to be sent SMTP user name â to ent er the name that you want to use for outgoing mail SMTP password â to ent er the pas sword that you want to use for outgoi ng mail Display terminal window > Ye s â to pe rform manual user authenticat ion for intra net connections
53 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Incoming server type > POP3 or IMAP4 â to s elect the type of e- mail system that you ar e using. If bot h types are suppor ted, select IMAP4 Incoming mail settings â to select available opt ions for POP3 or IMAP4
54 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 7. C ontac ts You can sa ve names and phone numbers (contact s) in the phone me mory and in the SIM card memory. The phone memory may save contacts with additional deta ils , such as var ious phone numbe rs and text items. You can als o save an image for a limited number of contacts. The SIM card memor y can save names with one phone number attached to them. The contacts saved in the SIM card memory are indicate d by . â Search for a con tac t Select Menu > Contacts > Names . Scroll t hrough the list of contacts, or enter the f irst c haracters of the name you are se arching for. â Sav e name s an d phon e numbe rs Names and numbers ar e saved in the used memory. To save a name and phone number, s elect Menu > Contacts > N ames > Options > A dd new co ntact . Ente r the last name, fir st name, t he phone number and sele ct Save . â Save de tail s In the phone memory for cont acts you c an save different types of phone numbers, and short text it ems per name. You can also sele ct a tone or a video clip for a contact . The first number you save is automa tically set as the def ault number, and it is indicat ed with a frame around the number type indicator (for example, ). When you sele ct a name from contact s (for example, t o make a call), the default number is used unless y ou select anot her number.
55 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1. Make sure that the memory in use is Phone or Phone and SIM . See Settings p. 58 . 2. Search for the c ontact to which you want to add a detail, and select Details > Options > Add detail . Select from the options available. To search for an ID from the server of your service provider if you have c onnected to t he presence servic e, sel ect User ID > Search . See M y presence p. 56 . If only one ID is found, it is automatically saved. Otherwise, to sa ve the I D, sel ect Options > Save . To enter the ID , select Enter ID manually . Enter t he ID, a nd select OK to sa ve it. â Cop y or mo ve con ta cts To copy names and phone numbers from t he phone conta ct memory t o the S IM card memory, or vice vers a, sel ect Menu > Cont ac ts > N ames > O ptions > Copy . Select One by one to copy single contacts or All to copy all contacts. T he SIM ca rd memory ca n save name s with one phone number attached to them. To copy or move all contacts from the phone contact me mory to the SIM card me mory, or vice v ersa, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Copy contacts or Move contacts . â Edit con t act de tail s Search for the contact you want to edit, and s elect Details. To edit a name, number, text it em, or to change t he image, select Options > Edit . To change the number t ype, scroll to the des ired number, and select Options > Change type . To s et the s elected number as the default number, select Set as default . You cannot edit an ID when it is on the IM c ontacts or Subs cribed names list. â Sync hro nise a ll Synchronise your c alendar, cont acts data , and notes with a remote Internet server (ne twork serv ice). F or detai ls see âÂÂSynchronize from a server,â p. 63.
56 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Dele te c on tact s To delete all the contacts and the details attached to them from the phone or SIM card memory, select Men u > Contacts > Delete all contact s > Fr om phone memory or From SIM card . Confirm with the security code. To delete a contact , search fo r the des ired contact , and se lect Options > Delete contact . To delete a number, t ext item, or an image a ttached to the contact , search f or the c ontact, and s elect Details . Scroll to the de sired de tail, and selec t Options > Del ete and fr om the options available. D eleting an image or video clip fr om contacts does not delete it from Gallery . â My p res ence With the presence service (network servic e), you can share your presence status with other u sers with compatible device s and access to the service, such as your family, friends, and colleagues. Pr esence status includes your availability, status me ssage, and per sonal logo. Ot her users who ha ve ac cess to the service and who request your information ar e able to see your sta tus. The r equested information is shown in Subscr ibed names in the v iewersâ Contacts menu. You can personalize the informatio n that you want to s hare with others and control who can see your status. Before you c an use pres ence, you mus t subscr ibe to the s ervice. To check t he availability and costs, and to subscribe to t he service , contact your net work operato r or service provide r, from whom you also receive your unique ID, password, and the settings for the s ervice. See Configuration p. 75 . While you are connec ted to the presence s ervice, you can use t he other f unctions of the phone, a nd the presence ser vice is active in the back ground. If you disconnec t from th e service , your presence stat us is shown for a certain amount of time to viewers, depending on the service provider. Select Menu > Contacts > My pres ence and f rom the following options: Connect to 'M y prese nce' or Disconnect from service â to connect to or disconnect f rom the service View my presenc e > Private presence or Public presence â to v iew your presence s tatus
57 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Edit my pres ence > My availability , My pr esence message , My pr esence logo , or Show to â to c hange yo ur presence status My viewe rs > C urrent vi ewers , Private list , or B locked list â to vi ew the persons who are subscr ibed to or blocked fr om your presence information Settings > Show pres. in s tandby , Connection type , or Pr ese nce se tting s â Subscribe d nam es You can create a list of contacts whose presence status information you want to be aw are of. You can view the information if it is allowed by t he contacts and the ne twork. T o view thes e subscribed names, scroll through t he contacts, or use t he Subscribed names menu. Ensure that the me mory in us e is Phone or Phone and SIM . See Settings page 58 . To connect to the pr esence service, s elect Menu > Contacts > My presence > Connect to 'My pr esence' . Add con tac ts t o th e s ubs cribe d n ames 1. Selec t Me nu > Contacts > Subscribed names . If you ha ve not c onnected to t he pres ence service , the phone asks if you want to connect now. 2. If you have no contacts on your list, sele ct Add . Otherwis e, selec t Options > Subscribe new . Your list of contacts is shown. 3. Selec t a contact from t he list. If t he contact has a saved ID, the c ontact i s added to t he subscribed names list. If there is mo re than one ID, select one of them. After subscription to the contact, Subscription acti vate d is shown. Tip: To subscri be to a c ontact from the Co nt ac t s list, search for the conta ct you want, and select Details > O ptions > R equest pr esence > As subscription . If you only want to vie w the pres ence information but not to s ubscribe to a contact, s elect Re que st presence > O ne time only .
58 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . View the s ubscribe d names To view the presence information, see also Search for a contact p. 54 . 1. Selec t Me nu > Contacts > Subscribed names . The status infor mation of t he first contact on the subscribed name s list is displayed. The inf ormation tha t the person wants to ma ke available to others may include t ext an d an icon. , , or indicat es that the pe rson is ava ilable, not v isible to others, or not a vailable. indicates t hat the per sonâÂÂs presence information is not ava ilable. 2. Selec t Options > View det ails to view the det ails of t he select ed contact or Options > Subscribe new , Send message , Send business card , or Un subscribe . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a cont act from the Cont a ct s list, select the contact and Options > Unsubscribe > OK . To unsubscribe from the Subscribed names menu, see View the subsc ribed names p. 58 . â Busi ness cards You can se nd and receive a personâÂÂs c ontact information fr om a compatible dev ice that supports the vCard standard as a business card. To send a business card, search for the contact whose information you want to send, and select Details > Options > Send bus iness card > Via multimedia , Via t ext message , via infrared , or Via Bluetooth . When you have r eceived a busi ness car d, sele ct Show > Save to save the business card in the phone me mory. To discard the business card, select Exit > Yes . â Setti ng s Select Menu > Contacts > Settings and from the f ollowing options:
59 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Memory in use â to select the SIM card or phone memory f or y our contacts. Select Phone and SIM to r ecall names and number from bot h memories. In that ca se, when you save name s and numbers , they are save d in the phone memory. Contacts view â to selec t how t he names and numbers in Contacts are displayed Name display â to select whether the contactâÂÂs first or last name is displayed first Font siz e â to set th e fon t size for the lis t of c ontac ts Memory status â to vie w the free and used memory capacit y â Group s Select Menu > Contacts > Groups to arrange t he names and phone numbers sa ved in the memory into c aller groups with different r inging tones and group ima ges. â Speed dials To assign a n umber to a speed-dialing key, select Men u > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to the speed- dialing number that y ou want. Select A ssig n , or if a number has already been assigned to the ke y, select Options > Change . Select Search and the contact y ou want to as sign. If the Speed dialling function is of f, the phone asks whether you want to activate it. See also Speed dialling in Call p. 72 . To make a call us ing the speed-dialing keys, see Speed dialing p. 28 . â Info, s ervic e, a nd my n umb ers Select Menu > Contacts and from one of t hese submenus: Info numbers â to call the inf ormation numbers of your service provider if t he numbers ar e included on your SIM card (network se rvice)
60 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Service numbe rs â to call the servic e numbers of your serv ice provider if the numbers are included on your SIM card (ne twork serv ice) My numbers â to v iew the phone numbers assigned t o your SIM card, if the numbe rs are i ncluded on your SIM card
61 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 8. Call log The phone regis ters your mis sed, receiv ed, and dialed calls if the network s upports it and the phone is swit ched on and wit hin the ne twork service ar ea. To view the information on your calls, select Menu > Lo g > Missed calls , Received calls , or Dialled numbers . T o view your r ecent miss ed and received calls and t he dialed number s chronologically , select Call log . To view the contacts to whom you most recently sent messages, select Message recipients . To view the approximate information on your recent communications, select Menu > Log > Call duration , P acket data counter , or P acket da ta timer . To view how many te xt and multimedia messages you ha ve s ent and rec eived, select Me nu > Log > Messa ge log . Note: The actual i nvoice for calls and services from your service provider may vary, depending on network features, round ing off for billing, taxes, an d so forth. Some timers m ay be reset during service or software u pgrades. â P os iti on ing in format ion The network may send you a location r equest. You c an ensure that t he netw ork will deliver location information of your phone only if you approve it (netwo rk service). Cont act your s ervice provider to su bscribe and to agree upon the de livery of lo cation information. To accept or reje ct the locat ion request , select A ccept or Reject . If you miss the request, the phone automatically accepts or rejects it according to what you have agreed with your network operator or service provider. Th e phone displays 1 missed position request . To view the missed location r equest, select Sho w . To view the information on the 10 most r ecent privacy notifications and requests or t o delete them, select Menu > Log > P ositioning > P os ition log > Open folder or Delete all .
62 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 9. Setting s â Profile s Your phone has v arious setting groups called prof iles, for which y ou can customize the phone tones for different events a nd environments. Select Menu > Settings > Profil es , the desired profile and from the following options: Ac tiva te â to act ivate the s elected profile P ersonalise â to personalize the profile. Select the setting you want to change, and make the changes. Timed â to s et the prof ile to be active until a cert ain time up to 24 hours, and set the e nd time. W hen the time set for th e profile expires, the previous pr ofile that was not time d becomes a ctive. â Them e s A theme contains many elements for per sonalizing your phone, such as wallpaper, sc reen saver, col or scheme, and a ringing t one. Select Menu > Settings > Them es a nd from the following options: Select theme â to set a theme in your phone. A lis t of folde rs in Galler y opens. O pen the Themes folder, and select a t heme. Theme downloads â to ope n a list of links to download more t hemes
63 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Tone s You can change the to ne settings of the selected ac tive prof ile. Select Menu > Settings > Tones . You can find the s ame settings in th e Profiles menu. See P ersonalise in Profiles p. 62 . To set the phone to r ing only for c alls from phone numbers that bel ong to a s elected caller group, select Ale rt for . Scroll to the c aller group y ou want or All cal ls , and s elect Ma rk . Select Options > Save to s ave the settings or Cancel to leave the s ettings unchanged. If you s elect the highest ri nging t one lev el, the ring ing ton e reache s its h ighest le vel after a fe w se conds. A theme may cont ain a tone that sounds when you open and close the phone. T o switch off the tone, change the setting in Oth er to nes: . Pleas e note that t his setting also switches of f the wa rning tones.
64 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Main dis play Select Menu > Settings > Main display and from the a vailable options. Stan dby mod e s ett ing s Select Standby mode settings and fr om the following options: Active standby â to switch the active s tandby mode on or off and t o organize and personaliz e the ac tive standby mode. See Active standby p. 24 . Wallpaper â to add t he background image to the display in the s tandby mode Fold animation â t o set your phone to display an animation w hen you open and close t he phone Standby font colour â t o selec t the color for the texts on the display in t he st andby mode Navigation key icons â to dis play the icons of the cur rent navigat ion key s hortcuts in th e standby mode w hen active standby is off Operator logo â to set your phone to display or hide t he operator logo. The menu is dimmed, if you have not saved the ope rator logo. For more infor mation on av ailability of an operator logo, contact your network operator. Cell info display > On â to display the cell identity, if avail able from t he network Screensaver Select Screen saver and from the f ollowing opti ons: On â to a ctivate t he screen s aver for the main display Screen saver s > Image â to choose an image or a graphic f rom the Ga l lery Screen saver s > Slide se t and a f older in the Gallery â to use the images in t he folder a s a slide set Screen saver s > Video clip and a video clip from the G allery â t o run a video c lip as sc reensaver (only on the main display)
65 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Screen saver s > O pen camer a â to ta ke a n ew p hot o a s sc re ens av er Screen saver s > Analogue clock or Digital clock â to use a cloc k as scr eensaver Graphic downloads â to dow nload more images for the screen save r Time-out â to set th e time after w hich the scr een sav er is ac tiva ted â Mini di splay Select Menu > Settings > Mini display . You can change th e settings for Wallpaper , Screen saver , and Fold animation . â Time an d da te To change the time, time zone, and date s ettings, select Me nu > Settings > Time and date > Clock , Date , or Auto-update of da te/time (network servic e). When traveling t o a dif ferent time zone, s elect Me nu > Set t in gs > Time and date > Clock > Time zone and the time zone of your location in terms of the time diffe re nce with respec t to Gr eenwic h Mean T ime (GMT ) or Universal Time Coordinated (UTC). The time and date are set acc ording to the time zone and ena ble your phone to display t he correc t sending time of receive d text or multimedia messa ges. For example, GM T -5 denotes the time zone for New York (USA), 5 hours west of Greenwich/London (UK). â My short cuts With personal s hortcuts you ge t quick access to often used functions of the phone. Left selection key To select a function f rom the lis t for the le ft selection k ey, sele ct Me nu > Se ttings > My shortcuts > Lef t selection key . See also Sta ndby mode p. 24 .
66 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If the left selection key is Go to to ac tivate a f unction, in the standby mode, select Go to > Options and from the following options : Select options â t o add a function t o the shortcut list or to remove one. Scroll to the function, and s elect Mark or Unmark . Organise â to rearrange the f unctions on your personal short cut list. Scr oll to the f unction you want to move, and select Move . Scroll to where you want to move the f unction, and select OK . Right s election key To select a function fr om the list for the right selection k ey, selec t Men u > Settin gs > My shortcuts > Right selection key . See also Sta ndby mode p. 24 . Sho rtcu t ba r To choose and r eorder applic ations shown by the shortcut bar in the active standby mode , select Menu > Settings > My sh ortcuts > Shor tcut bar . Select Select links , and mark t he desired appli cation in t he list or in a folder. Select Done > Ye s to c onfirm the selection. Select Organise links to r eorder the applic ations in the shortcut bar. Selec t an applic ation, Move , and move it t o an other position. Select OK to c onfirm. Select Done > Ye s to save the sh or tc ut sequ enc e . Nav igat ion k ey To select shortcut functions for the navigation keys, select Menu > Settings > My shortcuts > Navigati on key . Scroll to t he desired k ey, and s elect Change and a f unction from t he list. To remove a shortcut function from the key , select (empty) . To reassign a funct ion for th e key, s elect Assign . See Shortcuts in the s tandby mode p. 25 .
67 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Voice commands To call c ontacts and car ry out phone funct ions, sa y t he voice c ommands. Voice commands ar e language- dependent. To s et the language, see Voice playback language in Phone p. 74 . To select the phone functions to acti vate with a voice commands, s elect Menu > Set tings > My shortcuts > V oice commands and a folder. Scroll to a function. indicates th at the voic e tag is activated. To activat e the voice ta g, select Add . To play the act ivated voice command, select Play . To us e voice comma nds, see Enhanced voice dialing p. 28 . To manage the v oice commands, scroll to a phone function, and select from the f ollowing options: Edit or Remove â to change or deact ivate the v oice command of the selec ted function Add all or Remove all â to activate or deactivate voice command s to all functions in the voi ce commands list â Conn e cti vit y You can connec t the phone t o a compat ible device using a Bluetooth wireless t echnology or a U SB data cable connection. You can also define the settings for EGPRS dial- up connections. Blue toot h wirele ss tech nolog y This devi ce is compli ant with Blu etooth Spec ificatio n 2.0 EDR support ing the fo llowin g profiles : generic a ccess, gen eric object exchange, hands -free, headset, object push, file transfer, d ial-up networking, SIM access, and serial po rt. To ensure intero perab ilit y bet ween ot her d evic es su pport ing Bl uet ooth te chnolo gy, u se Nok ia approv ed enhance me nts fo r thi s mo del. Check with th e manufactu rers of other devices to determine th eir compatibil ity with th is device. There ma y be restri ctions on usin g Bluetooth tech nolo gy in some loca tions. Check w ith your local authorities or servic e prov ider. Features us ing Blue tooth te chnology or allowi ng such fe atures to run in the backgro und whil e using o ther featur es, increase the demand on b attery power and reduce th e battery life . Bluetooth technology allow s you to connec t the phone t o a compat ible Bluetooth devic e within 10 meters (32 feet). Since devices using Bluetooth technology comm unicate using r adio waves , your phone and the other
68 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . devices do not need t o be in dir ect line-of-sight, althou gh the conne ction can be subject to interference from obstructions such as walls or from other elect ronic devices. Set up a Bluetoo th co nnecti on Select Menu > Settings > Connect ivity > Bluetooth and from the following options: Bluetooth > On or Of f â to activate or deactivate the Bluetooth function. indicat es that Bluetooth is acti vate d. Search for audio enhanc. â to s earch for c ompatible Bluetooth audio devices . Select the device t hat you w ant to conne c t to th e ph on e. P aired devices â to sear ch for a ny Bluetooth device in range. Select New to list any Bluetooth device in range. Scroll to a device, and select Pa i r . Enter an agreed Bluetooth passcode of the devic e (up to 16 char acters) to associate (pa ir) the device to your phone. You must only give this passcode w hen you connect to the dev ice for the firs t tim e. Yo ur pho ne con nec ts to the d evice , and y ou can sta rt data trans fer. Bluet ooth wirel ess co nnecti on Select Menu > Settings > Connect ivity > Bluetooth . To check which Bluetooth connection is currently active, sel ect Active devices . To view a list of Bluetooth device s that are current ly paire d with the phone, select Paired devices . Select Options to access av ailable options depending on the s tatus of t he device and the Bluetooth connection. Bluet ooth se tting s To define how your phone is shown to ot her Bluetooth devices, select Men u > Settin gs > Connectivity > Bluetooth > Bluetooth settings > My phone's visibility or My phone's name . If you are concern ed about security, tu rn off the Blueto oth function, or se t My phone's visibi lity to Hidden . A lways a ccept only Bl uetoot h com munic ation from ot hers with w hom yo u a gree.
69 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Infrared You can set up the phone to s end and receiv e data thr ough its infrared (IR) port. To use an IR conne ction, t he device with whic h you want to establis h a connection must be IrDA c ompliant. You can send or receive data to or from a c ompatible phone or data devic e (for example, a c omputer) through t he IR port of your phone. Do not point the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eyes or allow it to inte rfere with other IR devices. Infrared devices are Cl ass 1 laser prod uct s. When sending or r eceiving data, e nsure that the IR por ts of t he sending and receiv ing devices are pointing at each other and that t here are no obstruc tions between the devices. To activat e the IR port of yo ur phone to receiv e data us ing IR, select Men u > Settin gs > Connectivity > Infrared . To deacti vate the IR connection, s elect Menu > Set t in gs > Connectivity > Infrared . When the phone displays Deactivate inf rared? , select Ye s . If data tr ansfer is not started within 2 minut es aft er the activat ion of the IR port, the connection is cancelled and must be s tarted again. IR c on nec ti on i nd ica t or When is show n continuously, th e IR connection is activated, and your phone is ready t o send or rec eive data through its IR port . When blinks, y our phone is trying to connec t to the other device, or a connection has been lost. Pac ket da ta (G PR S) General pack et radio s ervice (GPRS) is a ne twork servi ce that allows mobile phones to send and rece ive data over an Internet protocol (IP)bas ed network. It enables wir eless acce ss to data networks such as the Internet. The applicat ions that ma y use pac ket data are MMS, video streaming, browsing sessions, e-mail, Push to talk, remote SyncML, J ava applicat ion downloading, and the PC dial-up.
70 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To define how to use t he service, select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > P acket data > Packet data connection and from the following options : When needed â to set the packet data c onnection to establis hed when an applicat ion needs it . The connection will be clos ed when t he application is terminated. Always online â to set the phone to aut omatically connect t o a packe t data network when you switch t he phone on. or indicates t hat the G PRS or EGPRS service is ava ilable. If you recei ve a call or a text mes sage or make a c all during a packe t data connection, or indicates that the GPRS or EGPRS connection is suspended (on hold). Modem set tings You can connect the phone using Bluetooth wirele ss tech nology or USB data cable connection to a compat ible PC and use the phone as a mo dem to enable EGPRS connectivity from the PC. To define the settings for EGPRS connections from your PC, s elect Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Pac k e t data > P a cket data s ettings > Active access point , and ac tivate the acc ess point you want to use. Select Edit active ac cess point > Alias for access point , enter a na me to change the acc ess point s ettings, and select OK . Select P acket data acc ess point , enter t he acces s point name (APN) to es tablish a connec tion to an EG PRS network, a nd select OK . You can als o set the EGPRS dial-up service se ttings (access point name) on y our PC using the Nok ia Modem Options so ftware. See N okia PC Suite p. 114 . If you have set the settings both on your PC and on your phone, the PC settings are used. Data tra nsfer Synchronize your c alendar, c ontacts data, a nd notes with another compat ible device (for example, a mobile phone), a compat ible PC, or a remote Internet server (network s ervice). Your phone allows data transf er with a c ompatible PC or another c ompatible device whe n using the phone without a SIM ca rd. Note that when you us e the phone without a SIM c ard, some funct ions appear dimmed in the menus and c annot be used. Sy nchronizing w ith a remote Int ernet server is not possible wit hout a SIM card.
71 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Transfer c ontact list To copy or synchronize data f rom your phone, the name of the dev ice and the settings must be in the lis t of transfer contacts. If you receive data from anothe r device (for example, a compa tible mobile phone ), the corresponding transfer contact is automatically added to the list, using the contact data from the other devi ce. Server synchronisation and PC synchronisation are t he original items in the list. To add a new transfer contact t o the l ist (for example a mobile phone), select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Data transfe r > Options > Add transfer contact > Phone synchronisation or Phone copy , and enter the settings according to the t ransfer type. To edit the copy and s ynchronize settings, select a contact from the transfer contact list and Opti ons > Edit . Not e: Every individual de vice must have its ow n entry in the transfer c ontact list. Using one transfer contact for several devices is not possible. To delete a transfer contact, select it from the transfer contact list, select Options > Dele te , and confirm Dele te transfer contact? . You cannot delet e Server synchronisation or PC s ynchronisation . Data tr ansfe r with a c ompat ible device For synchronization, Bluetooth wireless technology or a cable connection is used. The other device is in the standby mode. To sta rt d ata tra nsfe r, se lect Menu > Settings > Con nectivity > Da ta trans fer an d the tra nsf er co ntact fro m the list, other than Server synchronisation or PC synchronisation . Acc ording to the settings, the selected dat a is copied or sy nchronized. The other dev ice al so must be activat ed for receiv ing data. Syn ch ron iz e fr om a c om pat ib le P C Before you synchroniz e data fr om calendar, not es, and contacts f rom a compatible PC, you must ins tall the Nokia PC Suite software of your phone on the PC. Use Bluetooth wireless tec hnology or a USB data cable for the synchronization, and start the s ynchronization from the PC.
72 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Synchr onize from a serve r To use a remote Int ernet serve r, you must subscribe to a synchronizatio n service. For mor e information and t he settings required for this service, co ntact your servic e provider. You may receive the settings as a configura tion message. See Configuration settings service p. 14 and Configuration p. 75 . If you ha ve saved data on the remot e Internet server, t o synchronize your phone, start the synchronization from your phone. Select Menu > Settings > Connect ivity > Data trans fer > Server synchronisation . Depending on the settings , sel ect Initialising synchronisation or Initialising copy . Synchronizing for th e first time or after an inter rupted synchronization may take up to 30 minutes to c omplete, if the cont acts or cale ndar ar e full. USB da ta cab le You can use the USB dat a cable to t ransfer data bet ween the phone and a c ompatible PC or a printer supporting PictBr idge. You can a lso use the U SB data cable w ith Nokia PC Suite. To activat e the phone for da ta transfe r or image printing, connec t the data cable; w hen the p hone dis plays USB data cable connect ed. Select mode. , select OK . Se lect fr om the following mode s: Default mode â to use t he cable f or PC Suite Printing â to pr int images direct ly from t he phone using a compatible pr inter To change th e USB mode, se lect Menu > Set tings > Connec tivity > U SB data cable > D efault mode , Printing , or Data storage . â Cal l Select Menu > Settings > Call and from the following options: Call divert â to divert your inco ming calls (networ k service). You may not be a ble to dive rt your calls if some call barring functions are a ctive. See Call bar ring service in Security p. 76 .
73 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Anykey answer > On â t o answer an incoming call by briefly pressing any key, exce pt the power key, the camera key, th e left and right select ion keys, or the end key Answ . when fold opene d > On â to answer an inc oming ca ll by opening t he fold Automatic redial > On â to make a maximum of 10 attempts to connect the call af ter an unsuccess ful call attempt Speed dialling > On â to dial the names and phone numbers as signed to t he speed-dialing key s 2 to 9 by pressing and holding the corresp onding number ke y Call waiting > Acti va te â t o have the network notify you of an incoming call while you have a call in progress (networ k service). See Call waiting p. 30 . Summary after call > On â to br iefly display the approximat e duration and cost (network service) of t he call after each call Send my caller ID > Yes â to s how your phone number to the pe rson you are calli ng (network s ervice). To us e the setting agreed upon wit h your servic e provider, select Set by network . Line for outgoing calls â to select the phone line 1 or 2 for making calls if supported by your SIM card (network se rvi ce) .
74 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Phone Select Menu > Settings > Phone a nd from the following options: Language settings â to set the display language of your phone, select P hone language . If you select Automatic , the phone selects the language according to the information on the SIM car d. To select the U SIM card language, select SIM language . To set a language for the v oice playback , select V oice playbac k language . See E nhanced voice d ialing p. 28 and V oice commands in My shortcu ts p. 65 . Securit y keyguar d â to s et t he pho ne to a sk fo r th e sec uri t y code wh en you unlock the keyguard. Enter the security code, and select On . Welcome note â to wr ite the not e you would like to be shown brief ly when t he phone is s witched on Flight query > On â the phone ask s every t ime when it is switc hed on whet her the flight profile shall be used. With flight prof ile all radio connec tions are switched off. The flight prof ile should be used in areas sensitive to radio emissions. Phone updates â to r eceive phone software upda tes from your service provider (networ k service). This option may not be available, depending on your phone. See Phone s oftware updates p. 77 . Operator select ion > Automatic â to se t the phone t o automatically select one of the c ellular networ ks available in your area. With Manual you can selec t a network t hat has a roaming agr eement with your service provider. Confirm SIM serv . actions â See SIM service s p. 105 . Help text activ ation â to s elect wh ether the phone s hows help t exts Start-up tone > On â the phone plays a tone when it is s witched on
75 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Enh ancem en ts This menu or t he following options are shown only if t he phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhancement. Select Menu > Settings > Enhanceme nts . Select an enhancement, and depending on t he enhancement, from the following options : Default profile â t o select t he profile t hat you w ant to be aut omatically activated w hen you connect to t he selected enhanc ement Automatic answer â to set the phone to ans wer an incoming ca ll automatically after 5 seconds. If Incoming call alert is s et to Beep once or Off , automatic answer is of f. Lights â to set the lights permanently On . Select Automatic to set the lights on for 15 seconds aft er a key press. Te xt phone > Us e text phone > Ye s â to us e the t ext phone sett ings instead of he adset or loops et settings If your phone is provided with a hearing aid coil selec t Hearing aid > T-coil hearing aid mode > On to optimise the sound quality when using a t-coil hearing aid. The icon is s hown when t he T-coil hearing aid mode is active. â Conf ig ur ati on You can configur e your p hone with settings that are required for cer tain ser vices to funct ion correct ly. The services ar e multimedia messaging, IM, synchroniz at ion, e-mail applica tion, str eaming, and browser. Your service provide r may a lso send y ou these settings. See Conf iguration settings service p. 14 . Select Menu > Settings > Configuration and from the f ollowing options: Default config. settings â to view t he service providers s aved in t he phone. Scr oll to a service provider, and sel ect Details to view th e applicat ions that the conf iguration settings of this ser vice provider s upport. To s et the configuration settings of t he service provider as default settings, select Options > Set as default . To delete configuration settings, select Del ete . Activ . de fault in all apps. â to ac tivate the def ault configuration settings for su pported applications
76 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Preferred access point â to view the saved access points. Scroll to an access point, and select Options > D etails to view t he name of the servi ce provider, data bearer, and pack et data acc ess point or G SM dial-up number. Connect to serv . support â to download th e configuration s ettings from your service provider Device manager settings â to allow or prevent the phone from receiving phone software upda tes. This option may not be available, depending on your phone. See Phone s oftware updates p. 77 . P ersonal config. s ettings â to add new pe rsonal accounts for various s ervices manually , and to activate or delete them. To add a new personal acc ount if you have not added any, select Add ; otherwise, select Options > Add new . Select the service type, and select and enter each of the r equired parameters. The parameters differ according to the sele cted service type. To delete or a ctivate a personal a ccount, scr oll to it, and select Options > Delete or Ac tiva t e . â Secu rity When securi ty featu res that rest rict calls are in use (s uch as call bar ring, clos ed user gr oup, and fixed dia lling) calls still may be p ossi ble to the offic ial e merg enc y numbe r pr ogram me d into y our de vi ce. Select Menu > Settings > Securi ty and from t he following options: PIN code request and UPIN code request â to se t the phone to ask f or your PIN or UPIN code every t ime the phone is swit ched on. Some SIM c ards do not allow the code r equest to be turned off . PIN2 code request â to s elect whether t he PIN2 cod e is r equired when using a specific phone feature which is protected by the PIN2 code. Some SIM cards do not allow the code request to be turned off. Call barring service â to restrict incoming c alls to and outgoing calls f rom your phone (network service). A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to restri ct your outgoing ca lls to s elected phone number s if th is function is s upported by your SIM card Closed user group â to specify a g roup of people w hom you can call and who can call you (net work service )
77 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Security level > Phone â to s et the phone to ask for t he securi ty c ode whenever a new SIM card is inserted into the phone. If you select Memory , the phone a sks for the secur ity code when the SIM card memory is selec ted, and you want t o chan ge the memory in use. Access codes â to ch ange the secur ity code, PIN code, U PIN code, PIN2 code , or bar ring password Code in use â to select whet her the PIN code or UPIN code should be activ e Authority certif icates or User certificates â to view the lis t of the authority or us er ce rtificates downloaded into your phone. See Ce rtificates p. 112 . Security module settings â to vie w Security module details , acti vate Module PIN request , or change the module PIN and signing PIN. See also Access c odes p. 14 . â Phone soft ware up date s Your service provider may send phone s oftware update s over the air directly to your de vice. This option may not be available, depending on your phone. Warni ng: If you install a software update, you cannot use the devi ce, even t o make eme rgency c alls, until the update is completed and the device is restarted. Be sure to bac kup data before accepting a softw are update. Se ttin g s To allowed or disallow phone software updates, select Men u > Se ttings > Conf iguration > D evice manager settings > Service prov . s w updates and following options: Always allow â to per form all s oftware downloads and updates aut omatically Confirm first â to perform software downloads and update s only after your confirmat ion (default setting) Always r eject â to reject all software updates
78 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Depending on your settings you wi ll be notif ied that a software update is available f or download or has been downloaded and ins talled automati cally. Requ est a s oftw are up date Select Menu > Settings > Phone > Phone updates t o request a vailable phone s oftware updates fr om your service provide r. Selec t Current software details to display t he current software version and check whether an update is neede d. Select Download phone softw . t o download and ins tall a phone software updat e. Follow t he instructions on the display. Insta l l a soft ware upda te Select Ins tall software update to start t he installation, whe n the installat ion was cance lled after the dow nload. The software upda te may take sever al minutes. If there are problems with the inst allation, contact your service provider. â Restor e fac tor y set tings To reset some of the menu settings to their original values, selec Menu > Settings > Restore fa ctory sett. . Ente r the secur ity code. The names and phone numbers saved in Contacts are not deleted.
79 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you acce ss a port al to ser vices provide d by y our net work operator. The name and t he icon depend on t he operator. For more informat ion contact y our network oper ator. If t his menu is not shown the following menu number s change ac cordingly. The operator c an update this menu with a service me ssage. F or more infor mation, see Ser vice inbox p. 110 .
80 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 1 1. Galle ry In this menu you c an manage images, video clips , music files, themes, gr aphics, tones, recordings, and received files. These files ar e stored i n the phone me mory or a attached microSD memory car d and may be arranged in folders . Your phone suppor ts an act ivation key sy stem to prot ec t acquired content. Always check the delivery terms of any content and activation key before acquir ing them, as they may be s ubject t o a fee . Co pyr ig ht p ro tect i ons may pre ven t so me i mages, mus ic (in clu di ng r in gin g to ne s), and oth e r con ten t f ro m be in g copi ed, modified, transferred or forw arded. To see the list of f olders, s elect Menu > Gallery . To see the available opt ions of a f older, selec t a folder > Options . To view the list of files in a folder, s elect a folder > Open . To see the available options of a file, select a file > Options . â Print i mage s Your device s upports Nokia XPr essPrint. To connect it t o a compat ible printer use a data cable or send the image via Bluet ooth to a print er supporting Bluetoot h technology. See Connec tivity p. 67 . You can print images that are in th e JPEG for mat. The image s tak en with the camer a are aut omatically saved in the JP EG format. Select the image you want to print and O ptions > Print .
81 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Memo ry car d Keep all memory cards out of the reach of small children. You can use the microSD memor y car d to store y our multimedia f iles such as video clips, music t racks, and sound files, photos, and messaging da ta, and to bac k up information f rom phone memory. Details of how you can us e the me mory card w ith other features and applications of your phone ar e given in the sect ions describing thes e features and applications. T o insert and remove the microSD memory card see Insert a microSD card p. 18 and Remove the micr oSD card p. 18 . The following options may can also be accessed f rom the G allery . Forma t th e me mory ca rd When a me mory card is f ormatted, all da ta on t he card is permanently lost. Some memor y cards are supplied preformatted and others require f ormatting. Consult your ret ailer to find out if yo u must format the memory card before you can use it. 1. Selec t Me nu > Applications and the memory card f older . 2. Selec t Options > For mat memory card . 3. Selec t Ye s to confirm. 4. When f ormatting is comple te, enter a name for the memor y card (up t o 11 letters or numbers). Lock the memory car d To set a password to lock your me mory card t o help pr event unauthorized us e, select Options > Set password . You are aske d to enter and confirm your password. T he passw ord can be up t o eight c haracters long. The password is stored in your phone and y ou do not have to enter it again while you ar e using the memory card on the same phone. If you w ant to use the memory c ard on anot her phone, you ar e ask ed for the pas sword.
82 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Unlock a memory card If you insert another passwor d-protected memor y card into your phone, you are prompted t o enter the password of t he card. To unlock the card, select Options > D elete password . Once the password is r emoved, the memory card is unlocked and can be used on anot her phone without a password. Che ck memory c onsumpt ion To check the memory consumption of differ ent data groups and the av ailable memory for installing new applications or software on your memory card, s elect Options > Details .
83 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 12. Me dia When ta king and usin g images or video cli ps, obey all l aws and res pect loca l customs as well a s privacy and legiti mate rights of othe rs. â Cam er a You can take phot os or r ecord video clips with the built-in came ra. Take a pho to To start the camera, press the camera key in the standby mode, or select Menu > Media > Camera . To take an image in landsca pe format, hold t he phone in a horizontal position. Press the navigation k ey left or right to c hange between camera (still image) and v ideo mode. To zoom in and out in the camera mode, press the nav igation key up and down, or the volume keys. To take a phot o, select Capture , or press the came ra key. The phone saves the phot o in Gallery > Images . To take a self-portra it, close t he fold and use the mini display as a view finder. Pres s the c amera key. Select Options to se t Night mode on if t he lighting is dim, Self-timer on to a cti vate the se lf- timer, Img. sequence on to take photos in a fast sequence. With t he highest image s ize sett ing 3 photos are t aken in a sequence, with other size settings 5 photos are taken. Select Options > Settings > Image preview time and a prev iew time to display the taken photo on the displa y. During the preview time, select Back to take anot her photo or Send to send t he photo as a multimedia message. Your de vice supp orts an ima ge capt ure resoluti on of 12 80 x 960 pixels. The image resolu tion in t hese ma terials m ay app ear different.
84 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Record a video clip To select the video mode, scroll le ft or right , or select O ptions > Video . To start t he vide o recording, select Record . To paus e the recording, select Pa u s e ; to resume the recording, select Continue . To stop the rec ording, sel ect Stop . The phone saves the r ecording in Gallery > Video clips . Came ra optio ns To use a filter wi th the c amera, s elect O ptions > Effects > False colours , G reyscale , Sepia , Negative , or Solarise . To change th e camer a settings, s elect O ptions > Settings . â Media pl aye r With the media player you can v iew, play, a nd download files, such as images, audio, video, and animat ed images. You can also v iew compatible str eaming videos from a network s erver (networ k service ). Select Menu > Media > Media player > Open gallery , Bookmarks , Go to address , or Media downloads to sele c t or download media. Select Menu > Media > Media player > FF/Rew interval to set the s tep width for fast forward or rewind. Conf igurat ion f or a st reaming service You may receive t he configuration settings re quired for streaming as a conf iguration message from the se rvice provider. Se e Configuration settings service p. 14 . You can also enter the set tings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . To ac tivate the se ttings, do the f ollowing: 1. Selec t Me nu > Media > Media player > St reaming settings > Configuration . Only th e configurations that support streaming are shown. 2. Selec t a serv ice provider, Default , or P ersonal configuration for st ream ing. 3. Selec t Account and a streaming s ervice account contained in t he activ e configuration settings.
85 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Musi c play er Your phone includes a music play er for listening to mus ic track s, recordings or ot her MP3 or AAC sound f iles that you hav e transferre d to the phone w ith the Noki a Audio Manager app lication, whic h is part of Nokia PC Suite. See Nokia PC Suite p. 114 . Music files stored in a folder in t he phone memory or in a f older of the mult imedia car d, will aut omatically be detected and added to th e default track list. To open th e music play er, select Menu > Media > M usic play er . Pl ayi ng th e m us ic t r ack s War ni ng! Lis ten to music at a moderate le vel. Con tinuous expos ure to high vol ume may damage your hearing. When you open the Music player menu, the details of the first track on the default track list are shown. T o play, sel ect . To adjust th e volume lev el, use the v olume ke ys on the s ide of the phone . To stop t he playing, s elect . To skip to t he next track, select . To sk ip to the beginning of the previous track, select . To rewind t he current track, select and hold . T o fast forward the curren t track, s elect a nd hold . Re lease the key at the pos ition you w ant. Sett ing s fo r t he mu sic pl aye r In the Music player menu th e following options may be av ailable: Track list â View all the tr acks avai lable on the trac k list and play the desired track. To play a track, scroll to t he desired t rack, an d select Play .
86 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If you select Options , you ca n ref resh the track list (for example, af ter adding new tr acks to t he list) and change the track lis t t hat is shown w hen you open t he Music player menu if several t rack lists are ava ilable in the phone. You als o my send a track to anot her phone. Play options â Se lect Random t o play t he tracks on the tr ack list in rando m order. Selec t Repeat to pl ay th e current track or th e entire tr ack list r epeatedly . Select Music sou rce to select a f older with music tr acks. Media equaliser â Select or def ine an equaliz er s etting. See Equaliz er p. 89 . Loudspeaker / Headset â Lis ten to the music playe r using the phone loudspeaker or headset. (Only if a heads et is attached) Tip: When u sing a headse t , pres s the h ead set ke y to ski p to th e ne xt trac k. Web page â to access a Web page associat ed with th e currently pl ayed tr ack. D immed if no Web page is available. Music downloads â to connec t to a browser servic e related t o the c urrent track. This funct ion is only av ailable when the address of the service is included in the t rack. â Rad io The FM radio de pends o n an a ntenna o ther than the wi reless dev iceâÂÂs a ntenna. A compa tible hea dset o r enhanc ement nee ds to be attach ed to the device for the FM radio to function pro perly. Warni ng : Listen t o music at a m oderate level. Continuou s expos ure to hi gh vol ume m ay da mage yo ur hear ing. Do not hold the devic e near your ear when the loudsp eaker is in use , because the vo lume may be extreme ly loud. Select Menu > Media > Radio . To use the graphical k eys , , , or on the display, scroll left or rig ht to the desired key, and select it.
87 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Save radio f requencies 1. To start the search, sele ct and hold or . To change the radio frequency in 0.05 MHz steps, briefly press or . 2. To save a fr equency to a memory loca tion, 1 to 9, press and hold the corresponding number key. To save a frequency to a memory location from 10 t o 20, press br iefly 1 or 2 , and press and hold the des ired number key, 0 to 9 . 3. Ent er t he name of the radio station. Listen to the radio Select Menu > Media > Radio . To s croll to t he desire d frequency, select or , or pr ess the heads et ke y. To select a radio station, briefly pres s t he cor responding number keys. T o a djust the volume, pr ess t he volume keys. Select from the f ollowing opt ions: Switch off â to turn off the radio Save station â to s ave a new radio stat ion Visual Radio â to s et whether the Vis ual Radio applicat ion is used (net work service). To ch eck the availability and costs, contact your net work operator or service pr ovider. Some radio stations may send t ext or graphical information that you can vi ew using the Vis ual Radio applicat ion. Visual Radio s ettings â to select t he options for Visual Radio . T o set whet her the applica tion star ts automatically when you turn on t he radio, select Enable visual servic e > Automatically . To ac cess a Web si te with a list of radio s tations, select Station direct ory . If available, their visual radio ID is shown. Stations â to select the list of saved stations. To delete or rename a stat ion, scroll t o the de sired station, and sel ect Options > Delet e station or Rename . Mono output or Ster eo output â to li sten to the r adio in monophonic s ound or in stereo Loudspeaker or Headset â to lis ten to t he radio using t he loudspeake r or headse t. Keep the headset connect ed to the phone. The l ead of the he adset functions as the ra dio antenna.
88 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Set frequency â to enter t he frequency of t he desired radio s tation You can normally ma ke a call or answer an incoming call while listening to t he radio. During the c all, the volume of the radio is muted. When an a pplication using a pac ket data or H SCSD connection is sending or r eceiving data, it may interfere with the r adio. â V o ice record er You can recor d pieces of speech, s ound, or a n active call, and s ave them in Gallery . T his is usef ul when recording a name and phone number to write down later. The recorder cann ot be used when a data call o r GPRS connection is active . Record s ound 1. Selec t Me nu > Media > V oice re corder . To use the graphical k eys , , or on the dis play, scroll le ft or right t o the desi red key, a nd select it. 2. To start the recording, s elect . T o start t he recording during a call, select Options > Record . While recording a call, all par ties to the call hear a faint bee ping sound. W hen recording a call, hold t he phone in the normal pos ition near to your ear. To pause the recording, s elect . 3. To end the recor ding, sele ct . The r ecording is saved in Gallery > Recordings . To listen to t he latest recording, s elect Options > Play las t recorded . To send the las t recording, select Options > Send las t recor ded . To see the list of rec ordings in Gallery , sel e ct Options > Recordings list > Recordings .
89 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Equalize r You can contr ol the so und quality whe n using the music player by amplif ying or diminishing frequency ba nds. Select Menu > Media > Equaliser . To activat e a set, s croll to one of th e equalizer se ts, and sele ct Ac tiv at e . To view, edit, or rename a selected set, select O ptions > View , Edit , or Rename . Not all sets can be edited or renamed. â St ereo wid enin g Stereo widening enhances th e audio output of t he music player by enabling a wide r ster eo sound effect . To change the setting, select Menu > Media > Stereo widening .
90 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 13. Or g ani zer â Alar m clock You can se t the phone t o alarm a t a desired t ime. Select Menu > Organiser > Alar m clock . To set the a larm, select Alarm time , and enter the alarm time. To change the al arm time when the alar m time is set, sele ct On . To set t he phone to alert you on select ed days of the w eek, sele ct Repeat alar m . To select the alarm tone or set the radio as the alarm tone, select Alarm tone . I f you select the radio as an alarm tone, connect the headset to the phone. The phone use s the last radio s tation you lis tened to as the alarm, and the alarm pla ys through th e loudspeake r. If you remove the hea dset or swit ch off the phone, the def ault alarm tone replace s the radio. To set a snooze time-out , select Snooz e time-out and the time. Stop th e alar m The phone s ounds an alert tone, and flashes Alar m! and t he current t ime on the display, ev en if the phone was switched off . To stop t he alarm, select Stop . If you let the phone continue to sound t he alarm for a minut e or sel ect Snooze , t he alarm st ops for the t ime you s et in Snooze time-out , the n r esume s. If the alarm time is reached while th e device is switch ed off, the device s witches itself o n and starts soundin g the alarm tone . If you sele ct Stop , the device asks whether you want to a ctivate the d evice for cal ls. Se lect No to switch o ff the device or Ye s to make and rece ive calls. Do not select Ye s when wirele ss phone use may cause in terfer ence or da nger.
91 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Cal en da r Select Menu > O rganiser > Calendar . The curre nt day is indica ted by a frame . If there ar e any not es set for the day , the da y is in bold type, a nd the beginning of the note is shown below the calendar. T o view t he day not es, select View . To vi ew a week , select Options > Week view . To delete all notes in the calendar, select the month or week view, and s elect Options > Delete all notes . Other options f or the day view may be to make a not e; delete, edit, move, or repeat a note; copy a note to another day; send a note wit h Bluetooth technology; or send a not e to the c alendar of anot her compatible phone as a text message or multime dia message. In Settings you can set th e date, time, time zone, dat e or time format, date sep arator, default view, or the first day of the week . In Auto-delete note s you can set the phone to delete ol d notes automatically after a s pecified time. Make a calendar note Select Menu > O rganiser > Calendar . Scroll to t he date, and select Option s > Make a note and one of the following note type s: Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . Fill in t he fields. Note alar m The phone dis plays the not e and if set, sounds a t one. With a call note on the display, to call the display ed number, press the call key. To stop the alarm and t o view the note, select Vie w . To st op the alarm for 10 minute s, select Sno oze . To stop t he alarm without viewing th e note, select Exit .
92 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â To-d o list To save a not e for a ta sk th at y ou must do, se l ect Menu > Organiser > To-do list . To make a note if no not e is added, selec t Add ; ot herwise, select Options > Ad d . Fill in the f ields, and selec t Save . To view a note, s croll to it, a nd se lect View . While viewing a note, you ca n also se lect an option t o edit the attributes. You ca n also sel ect an option t o delete the select ed note an d delete all t he notes that y ou have marked as done. You can sort t he notes by pr iority or by deadline , send a note to another phone as a text message or a multimedia messa ge, save a note as a calendar not e, or access the cale ndar. â Notes To write and send notes, select Menu > O rganiser > Notes . To make a note if no not e is added, selec t Add ; ot herwise, select Options > Make a note . Write the note, and sel ect Save . Other options include deleting and editing a not e. While editing a not e, you ca n also exit the text editor without saving the changes. You can send the not e to compatible de vices by Blue tooth wireless technology, text mes sage, or a mult imedia message. â Cal cu la tor The calcula tor in your phone provides b asic ar ithmetic and trigonometric functions, calculates the square and the squa re root, the inverse of a number, and c onverts c urrency value s. Note: This ca lculator has limi ted accuracy and is desi gned for simple ca lculat ions. Select Menu > O rganiser > Calculator . When 0 is displayed on the screen, ent er the fir st number in the calculation. Pr ess # for a de cimal point. Scroll t o the desir ed operation or funct ion or select it from t he
93 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Options . Enter t he second number. Repeat this sequence as many times as it is necessary. To start a new calculation, f irst select and hold Clear . To perform a currency conversion, select Menu > O rganiser > Calculator . To s ave the exchange rate, se lect Options > Exc hange rate . Selec t eit her of the displ ayed options . Enter the ex change rat e, press # for a decimal point, and selec t OK . T he exchange r ate remains in the memory until you replace it with anot her one. To perform the curren cy conversion, enter t he amount to be convert ed, and select Options > In domes tic or In foreign . Note: When yo u chang e base c urrency, you must ent er new e xchange rates because all previ ously set exchang e rates are cleared. â Coun td ow n time r Select Menu > O rganiser > Countdo wn timer . Enter the alarm time in hours, minutes, and s econds, a nd select OK . If you wi sh, write your own note text that is displayed when the time expires. To start t he countdow n timer, se lect Start . To cha nge the countdown time, se lect Change time . To stop the timer, select Stop timer . If the alarm t ime is reac hed when the phone is in the standby mode, the phone sounds a tone and flas hes the note text if it is se t or Countdown time up . To stop t he alarm, press any key. If no key is pressed, the alarm automatically stops within 60 se conds. To stop the alarm a nd delete t he note text, select Exit . To re sta rt th e countdown timer, s elect Re s t art . â Stopw atch You can meas ure time, take intermedi ate times, or tak e lap times us ing the stopw atch. During timi ng, the ot her functions of t he phone can be used. T o set the stopwatch t iming in the background, pr ess the end key. Using the st opwatch or allo wing it to run in the b ackground when usi ng other feature s increases the d emand on battery powe r and r edu ces t he ba tter y li fe. Select Menu > O rganiser > Stopwat ch and fr om the following options:
94 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Split timing â to take interme diate times. To start t he time observation, select Start . Selec t Split every t ime that you wa nt to take an inter mediate time. To st op the time obs ervation, s elect St op . To save the meas ured time, s elect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > Start . The new time is added to the previous t ime. To res et the time wit hout saving it , selec t Res e t . Lap timing â t o take lap times Continue â t o view t he timing that you have set in the background Show last â to v iew the mo st recent ly measured time if the stopwatch is not res et View times or D elete times â t o view or delete the saved t imes
95 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 14. Push to talk Select Menu > Pus h to talk . Push to talk (PTT) over c ellular is a two- way radio service av ailable over a G PRS cellular net work (network service). You can use PTT to have a conv ersation with one per son or with a group of people (channel) hav ing compatible devices. While you are connected to the PTT se rvice, you ca n use the other functions of the phone . To check availability and c osts, and t o subscribe to the service, c ontact your net work operator. Roaming services may be more limit ed than for normal calls. Before you c an use the PT T service, you must def ine the requir ed PTT service settings . See PTT set ti ngs p. 100 and Configuration settings p. 101 . â Push to talk chan nels A PTT channel comprises a gr oup of people (for example, friends or a wor kteam) who joined t he channel aft er they whe re invited to. W hen you call a c hannel, all me mbers joined to the c hannel hear t he call s imultaneously. There are different types of PTT channels: Public channel â Every channel member can invit e other persons . Private channel â Only persons which receive an invitation by t he channel creator can join in. Provisioned channel â A permanent channe l is c reated by t he service provider. You can set the status of each c hannel to Act i ve or Inactive . The number of active channels and the number of me mbers per cha nnel is limit ed. Contact your service provider for details.
96 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Crea te a chann el To add a channel, s elect Menu > Pus h to talk > Add channel and enter the s ettings in the for m fields: Channel name: â Enter a name for the new channel. Channel status: â Select Acti ve to set the c hann el acti ve, or Inactive to disable the channel. Nickname in channel: â Enter your nick name to be s hown the new channel. Channel security: > Public channel or Private channel Image: â Select Change and an image from the Gallery or the Def ault graphic to set a gr aphic for the new channel. To send an invit ation to t he channel, s elect Ye s when the phone requests it. The recipient of t he invitation is added to the member lis t of the channel when th e invitation i s accepted. To send fur ther invitations se lect Menu > Push t o talk > Ch annel list , a channel, and Options > Send invitation . To send the invitat ion use a text message or IR. To add a pr ovisioned channel, select Me nu > Pus h to talk > A dd channel > Options > Edit address manually . Enter th e Channel address: provided by your service provider. Receive an invitation 1. W hen you receive a text message invit ation to a c hannel, Channel invitation r eceived: is displaye d. 2. To view the nickname of the person who sent t he invi tation and the channel address if the channel is not a private cha nnel, select View . 3. To add the cha nnel to your phone , select Save . 4. To set the status for the channel, se lect Act iv e or Inactive . To reject the invit ation, select Exit > Ye s , or s elect View > Dis card > Ye s .
97 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Switc h PTT on and off To connect to the PTT service, select Men u > Push to talk > Swit ch PTT on , or pr ess and hold t he PTT (volume up) key. indicates the PTT c onnection. indicate s that th e service is temporarily unavailable. If you ha ve added channels to the phone, you are automatica lly joined to the active channels. You may assign a default function to the PTT (volume up ) key to open t he channel lis t, the cont acts list or a single channel or contact. Se e PTT settings p. 100 . To disconnect from the PTT s ervice, select Sw itch PTT off . â Make and rec eive a P TT ca ll Warni ng : Do not hold th e device near your ear when the louds peaker is in use, becau se the vo lume may be extremely lo ud. To make a channel call, a one-to-one call, or a call t o multiple recipients, you mus t hold the PT T (volume up) key as long as you talk. To lis ten to the response, rele ase the PTT (volume up) key. Talk ing is allowed on a firs t- come, first -served basis. When you stop talking, the f irst pe rson to pres s and hold the PT T key c an talk next. You may be a ble to che ck the login status of your contact s in Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list . This service depends on yo ur network operat or and is only availab le for subscr ibed contacts . To subscr ibe a cont act, select Options > Subscribe contact , or if one or more contacts are already marked Subscribe marke d . or indicate th at the per son is eit her availa ble or unknown . indicates th at the per son wants not to be dis turbed, but can rece ive callback requests. indicates that the person has PTT not switched on. Make a channel call To make a call t o a channel, select Channel list in the PTT me nu, scroll t o the desire d channel, and pres s and hold the PTT (volume up) key. A t one indicates that the acc ess is granted, and t he phone displa ys your nickna me and channel name.
98 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Make a one-t o-one call To start a one-to-one call f rom the lis t of contact s to which you ha ve adde d the PTT addr ess, select Contacts > Names or Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and press and hold the PTT (volume up) key. To start a one- to-one call from the list of PTT channels, select Channel list, scroll to t he desired channel, and sel ect Membe rs . Scroll to the des ired contact, a nd press and hold the PTT (volume up) key . To start a one- to-one call f rom the list of callback requests you have received, select Callback inbox . Scroll to the desire d nickname, and press and hold the PTT (volume up) key . Make a P TT call to multiple r ecipients You can se lect multiple PT T contacts f rom the contact lis t. The recipients receive an incoming call and need to accept the call in order to part icipate. If supported by your network operator, you also may select contacts with a phone number but without PTT number. For details, conta ct your network op erator. 1. Selec t Me nu > Pus h to talk > Cont acts list , and mark the desire d contacts. 2. Press and hold the PTT (volume up) key to start the call. The participating contact s are shown on the display, as soon as they join the call. 3. Press and hold t he PTT (volume up) key to t alk to them. Release t he PTT (volume up) key t o hear the response. 4. Pr ess the end key t o terminate the call. Receive a P TT call A short tone notifies you of an incoming PTT call. Informations, such as the channel, t he phone number, or the nickname (network service) of the caller are displayed. You can eit her accept or reject an incoming one- to-one call if you have set the phone to first notify you of t he one-to-one calls .
99 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . When you press and hold the PTT (volume up) key while the caller is t alking, you hea r a queuing tone, and Que ui ng is displayed. Press and hold the PTT (volume up) k ey, and wai t for the ot her person t o finish; then you can talk immediately. â Cal lba ck re que sts If you make a one-t o-one call and do not get a response, you can send a request for the person to ca ll you back. Send a cal lback requ est You can se nd a callback request in the following wa ys: To send a callback request from the contacts list in the Pus h to talk menu, select Contacts lis t . Scroll to a contact, and select Options > Send c allback . To send a callback request from Cont acts , sear ch for th e desired cont act, and select Detail s . Scroll t o the PTT address, a nd select Options > Send callback . To send a callback request from the channel list in t he PTT menu, select Channel list , and s croll to the desired channel. Selec t Mem ber s , scroll t o the des ired contact , and se lect Options > Send callback . To send a callback request fro m the callba ck request list in the Push to talk menu, select Callback inbox . Scroll to a co ntact, and select Options > Send callbac k . Respond to a callback r equest When someone s ends you a callback reques t, Callback reques t receive d is displayed in the standby mode. To open the Callback inbox , select Vi e w . Th e list of nicknames of t he persons who have s ent you callback requests is shown. To make a one-to-one call, select the des ired request and press and hold the PT T (volume up) ke y. To send a call r equest back to t he sender , select Options > Send callback . To delet e the reques t, select Delet e .
100 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To save a new co ntact or to add the PTT addres s to a contact from a re ceived callback request, select Options > Save as or Add to c ontact . â Add a one-t o-one c ontact You can sa ve the name s of persons to whom yo u often make one-to-one calls in the following ways: To add a PTT address t o a name in Contacts , search for the desired contact, select Deta il s > Options > Add detail > Push to talk address . A contact will only appe ar in th e PTT contac t list, if th e PTT address is entered. To add a cont act to the PTT contacts list, select Menu > Push t o talk > Contact s list > O ptions > A dd contact . To add a cont act from the channel list, connect to the PTT service, select Channel list , and scrol l to the des ired channel. Selec t Mem ber s , scroll t o the member w hose cont act informa tion you want t o save, and select Options . To add a ne w contact , select Save as . T o add a PTT address to a name in Con t ac ts , sele c t Add to contact . â PTT s ettings Select Menu > Push to t alk > Push to talk settings . 1 to 1 calls > On â to s elect the phone to allow the recept ion of incoming one-to-one calls . To make but not receive one- to-one calls , selec t Of f . T he service pr ovider may offer s ome ser vices that override t hese settings. To set the phone to f irst notify you of incoming one- to-one calls w ith a ringing t one, select Notify . PTT key default function â to set t he PTT (v olume up) key to followi ng functions: Open contact list , Ope n channel list , Call contact or group . Se lect a c ontact, a gr oup, or Call PTT channel and sele ct a c hannel. When you press and hold the PTT (volume up) key, the selected funct ion will be per formed. Show my login status â to enable or disable the s ending of the lo gin status PTT status in startup > Ye s or Ask fir st â to set the phone to aut omatically c onnect to t he PTT s ervice when y ou switch the phone on
101 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Push to talk wh en abroad â to switch the PTT service on or off whe n the phone is used outside of the home network Send my PTT address > No â to hide your PTT address from channel and one-to-one calls â Con fig urat ion set ti ngs You may receiv e the s ettings for connect ing to th e service from your s ervice provider. See Configuration settings service p. 14 . You can enter the s ettings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . To select the settings for connect ing to the service, select Men u > Push t o talk > Configuration sett. . Select from the following opt ions: Configuration â t o select a service provider, Default , or P ers onal configuration for PT T service . Only t he configurations that support the PT T service are sho wn. Account â to select a PT T service account c ontained in the ac tive configurat ion settings Other parame ters are Push to talk user name , Default nickname , Push to talk password , D omain , and Server address . â We b Select Menu > Pus h to talk > We b to acces s the Internet site of your PTT provide r.
102 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 15. Applicatio ns In this menu you can mana ge applications and games. Thes e files are s tored in t he phone memor y or a attached microSD memory card and ma y be arranged in folder s. For options to format or lock and unlock t he memory card see Memory card p. 81 . â Lau nch a ga me Your phone softwa re includes s ome games. Select Menu > Applicat ions > G ames . Scroll to the desired game, and select Ope n . To set sounds, light s, and shakes for the game, select Menu > Applications > O ptions > Applic ation settings . For more options related t o a game, see Some applic ation opt ions p. 102 . â Lau nch an a pp licat ion Your phone softwa re includes s ome Java applications. Select Menu > Applicat ions > Collec tion . Scroll t o an applicat ion, and se lect Op e n . â Some a pplic ation optio ns Dele te â to delet e the appli cation from the phone Details â t o give additional information about the application Update version â t o check if a new version of the application is available for download f rom Web (network se rvi ce) Application access â to res trict the application f rom access ing the network. Differ ent categories are sh own. Select in each categor y one of the ava ilable permissions.
103 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Web page â to provide further information or additional dat a for the applic ation from a n Internet pa ge (network service). It is only shown if an Internet addres s has been provided with the application. â Downlo ad an applicati on Your phone supports J2ME Java appli cations. Make sure tha t the application is compatible with your phone before downloadi ng it. Imp ortan t: Only install and use applications and other software from sources that offer a dequate security and protection against harmful software. You can download new Java applications and games in different ways. Use the Nokia Application Installer from PC Suit e to download the applications to your phone, or select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > Application do wnloads ; the lis t of available bookmarks is shown. See Bookmarks p. 108 . For the a vailability of different s ervices, pricin g, and tar iffs, contact y our service pr ovider. Your device may have some bookmarks lo aded for sites not affiliated with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these sites. If you choose to access the m, you should take the s ame precautio ns, for security or content, as you wou ld with any In tern et sit e. â Pr esent er The Presenter enable s you t o control sl ide presentations (compatible with Microsoft Off ice PowerPoint), a software DVD , an MP3 player, or other PC applications remotely fr om your device. To use applicat ions other than slide pre sentations and desktop mode, you must c reate a c orresponding custom profile on the PC application. Before you can us e the applic ation you must do the following: 1. Install t he Nokia Presenter PC ap plication on y our PC. This component is available for download on t he Nokia Web site. See N okia support p. 16 .
104 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 2. Launch and conf igure the PC c omponent. Make sure that the se lected incoming Blue tooth serial port (COM port) corresponds to the one defined in t he Bluetooth soft ware settings on t he Bluetooth device of your PC. For details, r efer to t he PC component document ation and Set up a Bluetooth connec tion p. 68 . 3. O pen the slide pr esentation, or start the application y ou want to c ontrol remotely from your phone. Select Applications > Collection > Presenter > Connect and the dev ice you want to connect t o. When the Bluet ooth Connection Succe ssful dialog appea rs on your PC sc reen, you must c lick on it to confir m the Bluetooth connection. The list of av ailable application types is displayed. Select Open to access the de sired applicat ion. Select Options > Settings to se t the Font size for the speaker notes, and Timer (in minut es) to optimize the slide presentation t ime available. To save the settings, select Options > Back . After you have select the slide presen tation you browse or skip slides, or jump ahead, by using the 4-way na vi ga tio n ke y . To vie w yo ur spe a ker n ot es , s el ect Notes . To point things out on the s lides, s elect Po i n t e r to activate a small blac k round marke r, that you control w ith the 4-way navigation key. Select Options > Slide list to return t o the slide list. Se lect Options > Applicat ions list to return to the list of app lications. To control the mouse pointer (the cursor) r emotely from th e phone, select the deskt op mode. After you open the desktop, t he phone automa tically controls your mouse pointer . To return to t he list of applications, s elect Options > Applications list . To quit the Pr esenter, select Options > Exit .
105 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 16. SIM services Your SIM card ma y provide additional services . Yo u can ac cess this menu only if it is supported by your SIM car d. The name and contents of the menu depend on the available se rvices. For availability and information o n using SIM card services, contact your S IM card vendor. This may be the s ervice provider, network opera tor, or other vendor. To set the phone to show you the confirmation message s sent betwee n your phone and the net work when yo u are using t he SIM services, s elect Menu > Settings > Phone > Confirm SIM serv . ac tions > Ye s . Accessing thes e service s may involv e sending message s or making a phone c all for which you may be charged.
106 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 17. W eb You can acc ess various mobile Internet s ervices with y our phone br owser. Import ant: Use only service s that you trust and that offer adeq uate securit y and protection agai nst harmful software. Check the availability of these servic es, pricing, t ariffs, a nd instruct ions with your service provid er. With the phone browser you c an view t he services t hat use wir eless markup language (WML) or e xtensible hypertext mar kup language (XHTML) on their page s. Appe arance may vary due to s creen size. You may not be able to view all det ails of t he Internet pages . â Set up brow sing You may receiv e the co nfiguration settings required for browsing as a configuration mess age from the service provider that offers t he service that you want to us e. See Configuration settings s ervice p. 14 . You can also enter all the configuration set tings manually. See Configuration p. 75 . â Conn e ct t o a se rvi ce Ensure that t he correc t configuration set tings of the s ervice ar e activated . 1. To s elect the settings f or connecting to the servic e, select Menu > We b > Settin gs > Configuration settings . 2. Selec t Configurati on . On ly the co nfigurations that su pport browsing ser vice are s hown. Se lect a service provider, Default , or P ersonal configuration for browsing. See Set up browsing p. 106 . 3. Selec t Account and a browsing service acco unt contained in the active c onfiguration set tings. 4. Selec t Display t erminal window > Ye s to pe rform manual user authenticat ion for intra net connections. Make a connection to t he service in one of the following ways: ⢠Select Menu > Web > Home ; or in t he standby mode, press and hold 0 .
107 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . ⢠To select a bookmark of the s ervice, sele ct Me n u > We b > Bookmarks . ⢠To select the last URL, select Me nu > Web > Last web address . ⢠To enter the address of the s ervice, se lect Menu > Web > Go t o address . Enter the ad dress of the serv ice, and select OK . â Browse pages After you make a c onnection to the service, you can star t browsing its pages. T he function of t he phone key s may vary in different s ervices. F ollow the text guides on the phone dis play. For mor e informat ion, contact y our service provide r. Browse with pho ne keys To browse through t he page, s croll in any dir ection. To select a highlighted item, press t he call key , or select Select . To enter letters and numbers, press the 0 to 9 keys. T o enter special character s, press * . Opt ions while browsi ng Select from the f ollowing opt ions: Home â to retu rn to y our st art pa ge Shortcuts â to open a new list of options that are specific to the page. This opt ion is only available if the page contains shortcut s. Add bookmark â to s ave the page as a bookmark Bookmarks â t o acces s the list of book marks. See Bookmarks p. 108 . P age options â to s how the list of options for the active pa ge His to ry â t o get a list showing the last v isited URLs
108 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Downloads â to show t he list of bookmarks for downloading Other options â t o show a list of other options Reload â to r eload and updat e the current page The servic e provider may also off er other opti ons. Direct calling While brows ing, you can mak e a phone ca ll, and save a na me and a phone numbe r from a page. â Bookm arks You can sa ve page address es as bookmar ks in the phone memory. 1. W hile browsi ng, select O ptions > Bookma rks ; or in the standby mode, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scr oll to a bookmark, and select it, or pr ess the call key to make a connection to the page associated with the bookmark. 3. Selec t Options to vie w, e dit, delete, o r send the bookmark; to c reate a new bookmark; or to sav e the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have some bookmarks lo aded for sites not affiliated with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these sites. If you choose to access the m, you should take the s ame precautio ns, for security or content, as you wou ld with any In tern et sit e. Receive a bo okmar k When you have received a bookma rk that is s ent as a book mark, 1 bookmar k received is displayed. To view t he bookmark, se lect Show .
109 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Ap pe ar anc e se t ti ng s While browsing, s elect Options > Other options > Appearance settings ; or in the standby mode, select Menu > Web > Sett ings > Appearance settings and from the following options : Te xt wrapping > On â to set th e text to c ontinue on th e next line on t he display . If you select Of f , t he text is abbreviated. Font siz e â to se t the fo nt siz e Show images > No â to hide images on the page. This can speed up the browsing of pages that contain a lot of images. Alerts > Alert for unsecure conn. > Ye s â to se t the phone to alert when a se cure connec tion changes t o an unsecure one during browsing Alerts > Alert for unsecure items > Ye s â to set the phone to alert when a secure page cont ains an unsecure item. Th ese alerts do not guarantee a secur e connection. Fo r more information, see Browser se curity p. 111 . Character encoding > Content encoding â to s elect the encoding for t he browser page cont ent Character encoding > Unicode (UTF-8) web add. > On â to set the phone to send a U RL as a U TF-8 encoding. You may need this setting w hen you acces s a W eb page creat ed in foreign language. Screen size > Full or Small â to set the screen layout JavaScript > E nable â to enable the Java scripts â Secu rity se ttin gs Cookie s A cookie is data that a s ite s aves in the c ache memory of your phone . Cookies are saved until you clear t he cache memor y. See Cache memor y p. 111 .
110 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . While brows ing, select Options > O ther options > Security > Cookie set tings ; or in the st andby mode, se lect Menu > Web > Setti ngs > Sec urity settings > Cook ie s . To allow or prevent the phone f rom rece iving cookies, sel ect Allow or Re je ct . Scr ipt s over s ecur e c on nect i on You can select whether to allow the running of scripts fr om a secure page. The phone supports WML s cripts. While browsing, to allow the scripts, select Options > Other options > Security > W MLScript s ettings ; or in the standby mode, select Menu > We b > Settings > Security settings > W MLScript s in sec. conn. > Allow . â Down load set ting s To automatically save all downloaded files in Gallery , select Menu > Web > Settings > Downloading settings > Automatic saving > On . â Ser vic e inbox The phone is able to rece ive ser vice messages sent by your service pr ovider (network service ). Service mess ages are notifications (for example, news headli nes), and they may contain a text message or an address of a service. To access the Service inbox in the standby mode , when you hav e received a servic e message, se lect Show . If y ou sel ect Exit , the mes sage is moved to the Ser vice inbox . To acc ess the Ser vice inbox later, sel ect Menu > Web > Service inbox . To access the Service inbox while browsing, select Options > O ther options > Service inbox . Scroll to the message you want, and to activate the browser and download the marked cont ent, select Retrieve . To display detailed informat ion on the ser vice notific ation or to delet e the me ssage, selec t Options > Details or Delete . Service inbox setting s Select Menu > We b > Settings > Service inbox s ettings .
111 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . To set whe ther you want to r eceive s ervice mes sages, select Se rvice mes sages > On or Off . To set th e phone t o receive service mes sages only from c o ntent authors approved by the service provider, select Message filter > On . To view t he list of the approved content authors, select Trusted channels . To set th e phone to automatically a ctivate the br owser from the standby mode when the phone has r eceived a service me ssage, select Automatic connection > On . If y ou select Off , the phone ac tivates t he brows er only after you select Retri eve when the phone has rec eived a s ervice mess age. â Cache memo ry A cache is a memo ry location th at is used to stor e data tempora rily. I f you have tried to acce ss or have accesse d confidentia l information requiring passwords, e mpty the cache after each use. The i nformation or services you have accessed is stored i n the cach e. To empty t he ca che while br owsing, s elect Options > O ther options > Clear the cache ; in the standby mode, sel ect Menu > Web > C lear the cac he . â Bro wse r se cu rit y Security feat ures may be required for some serv ices, such as online banking or shopping. F or such connect ions you need s ecurity ce rtificates and possibly a s ecurity module, which may be avail able on your SIM card. For more information, contact your service provider. Se cur ity m od ule The security module improves secu rity services for a pplications requiring a browser connection, and a llows you to use a digit al signature . The secur ity module may cont ain cer tificates as well as private and public ke ys. The certificat es are s aved in the security module by t he service provider. To view or change the s ecurity module settings, select Menu > Settings > Security > Security module settings .
112 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Certifica tes Import ant: E ven i f the use o f cert ificates makes the r isks involved in r emote c onnections and s oftwar e insta llation considerably smal ler, they must be used correctly in order to benefit from increased securi ty. The existence of a certificate does not offer any protec tion by itself; the certificate manager must contain correct, authentic, or trusted certificates for increased security to be available. Certificates have a restricted lifetime. If Expired certifi cate or Cert ificate not valid yet i s shown even if the certific ate should b e valid, check tha t the curren t date and time in your device are correct. Before changin g any certi ficate settin gs, you mu st make su re that you really trust the owner of the certifica te and that the cert ificate r eally belo ngs to the listed own er. There are three kinds of ce rtificates: server cer tificates, a uthority ce rtificates, and user cer tificat es. You may receive t hese cert ificates from y our servic e provider. Authority cert ificates and user certific ates may als o be saved in the security module by the service provider. To view the list of t he au thority or user certifi cates downloaded into y our phone, s elect Me nu > Settings > Security > Authority ce rtificates or User certificates . is displayed during a connection, if the dat a transmission betwee n the phone and the content server is encrypted. The secu rity icon does not indicate th at the data trans mission be tween the gatew ay and the conten t server (or place w here the reques ted resour ce is stored ) is secure. T he service p rovider secures the data tra nsmissio n between the gate way and the content se rver. Digi ta l s ign atur e You can make digital s ignatures with your phone if your SIM c ard has a s ecurity module. Using the di gital signature can be the same as signing your name to a paper bill , contract , or other docume nt. To make a digital s ignature, select a link on a page, for example, the title of the book you want t o buy and it s price. The t ext to s ign, which may include the amount and dat e, is shown. Check that the header t ext is Read and that the di gital signature icon is shown.
113 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . If the digital s ignature icon doe s not appe ar, there is a securit y breach, and y ou should not enter any personal data such as your signing PIN . To sign the text, read all of t he text first, and select Sign . The text may not fit within a single scre en. Therefore, make sur e to scroll through and read all of the te xt before signing. Select the user certificat e you want t o use. E nter the signing PIN (see A ccess codes p. 14 ), and select OK . Th e digital signature icon disappears, and the ser vice may display a co nfirmation of your purchase.
114 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 18. PC co nnectiv ity You can se nd and receive e -mail, and ac cess the Int ern et when your phone is connected t o a compat ible PC through a Bluetooth or a data c able connect ion. You can us e your phone wit h a var iety of PC c onnectivity and data communications applic ations. â Nokia PC Suite With Nokia PC Suite you can synchronize contacts, cale ndar, note s, and to-do notes between your phone and the compatible PC or a remot e Internet se rver (network service). You may find more informa tion and PC Suite on the Nokia Web site at www.nok ia.com/support. â EGPRS, HSCSD , and CS D With your phone y ou can use the enhanced GPRS (EGPRS), genera l packet ra dio service (GPRS), high-speed circuit switched dat a (HSCSD), and c ircuit switched data (CSD, GSM data ) data service s. For availability and subscription to data s ervices , contact your network operato r or service pr ovider. The use of HSCSD se rvices consumes the phone bat tery faste r than normal voice or d ata calls. You may need to connect the phone to a charger for the durat ion of data transfer. See Modem settings p. 70 . â Data co mm unic atio n appl icat ion s For informat ion on using a da ta communication appl ic ation, refer to the docume ntation provided with it. Making or answering phone calls dur ing a comput er connection is not recommended, as it might dis rupt the operation. For better perf ormance during data calls , pla ce t he phone on a stationary surface wit h the key pad facing downwar d. Do not move the phone by holding it in your hand during a data c all.
115 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 19. Ba tte ry info rm ation â Chargi ng and dis chargi ng Your devi ce is po we red by a re char geab le bat tery. The full perform anc e of a new batte ry i s achi eved only a fter t wo o r th ree complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hund reds of times, but it will eventually wear out. When the tal k and stan dby times are n oticeabl y shorter than n ormal, re place the ba ttery. Use only Nokia appro ved batte rie s, and recha rge yo ur bat tery o nly with No kia ap pro ved c harg ers d esig nate d for thi s de vice. If a re pla ceme nt b attery is being use d for the first time o r i f the bat tery ha s not bee n u sed fo r a prolon ged p erio d, i t may b e necess ary to connect the cha rger and then discon nect and reconnec t it to start th e charging. Unplug the ch arger from the electri cal plug and the devi ce when not in use. Do not leave fully charged battery conn ected to a charg er, since overc harging m ay s horten i ts lifeti me. If le ft unus ed, a ful ly charg ed bat tery wi ll lose its cha rge ove r time. If the battery is completel y discharged , it may take a few minu tes before the charging indicator ap pears on the displa y or before any calls can be made. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short- circuit the batt ery. Accidenta l short-circui ting can occur when a metal lic object such as a co in, clip, or p en causes di rect connec tion of the pos itive ( ) a nd negative (-) terminals of the battery. (These look li ke metal st rips on the batter y.) This might happen , for examp le, wh en you carry a spare batt ery in your p ocket or purs e. Short-ci rcu iting the terminals may damage the battery o r the connect ing object. Leaving the batte ry in hot or cold p laces, such as in a closed ca r in summe r or winte r conditi ons, wi ll reduce t he capaci ty and lifetim e of the batt ery. Always try to keep the battery b etween 15 ðC and 25ðC (59ðF an d 77ðF). A device wi th a hot or cold batter y may not work temp orarily , even when th e batter y is fully charged. Batter y perfo rmance is par ticularly li mited in tempe ratures wel l below free zing. Do no t di spose of batte ries in a fire as they may e xpl ode. Ba tter ies m ay als o expl ode i f d amage d. Di spo se of batte ries according to local regul ations. Plea se recycle when possible . Do not disp ose as househ old waste.
116 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . â Nokia bat ter y auth enti cati on Always use origina l Nokia batteries for your safety. To check tha t you are getting an origin al Nokia battery, p urchase it from an aut horiz ed Nok ia dea ler, look for t he Nokia Orig inal Enh ance me nts logo on the pa ckagi ng, and insp ect th e hologr am la bel using the follow ing steps : Successful co mpletion of the four steps is not a total assu rance of the authen ticity of the bat tery. If you have any reason to believe th at your batter y is not an authen tic origin al Nokia battery, yo u should refra in from using it, a nd take it to the neare st au thori zed N ok ia ser vic e poin t or de aler f or ass ist an ce. Your a ut horize d Nok ia s ervice po int or deal er wi ll ins pec t the battery for aut henticity. If authentici ty cannot be verifie d, return the batte ry to the place of pu rchase. Aut hen tic ate h ol ogr am 1. When looki ng at the holo gram on the la bel, you should see the Nokia conn ecting hand s symbol from one a ngle and the No kia Origin al Enh ancements lo go when loo king fro m another an gle. 2. Whe n yo u angle the hol ogram l eft, right , down , and up , you shoul d see 1 , 2, 3, an d 4 dots on each si de respe cti vely . 3. Scra tch the side o f the la bel to re veal a 20-di git code , for e xample , 12345678 91987 6543210. Turn the battery so that the n umbers are fa cing upwards. The 20-d igit code reads starting fro m the number at the to p row followed by the bottom row.
117 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . 4. Confirm th at the 20-di git code is vali d by followin g the instru ctions at www.nokia. com/ batterycheck. To crea te a tex t messa ge enter the 20-digi t code, for examp le, 123456 78919 876543210 , an d send to 44 7786 20027 6. To cr eate a text messag e, ⢠For co untri es in Asia Pacific , exclud ing Indi a: Ente r the 20-d igit co de, for exampl e, 12345 678919876 54321 0, and s end to 61 4 27151 515. ⢠For I ndia on ly: En ter Bat tery follow ed by the 20-di git b attery code, fo r exampl e, Battery 12345 678919876 54321 0, and send to 55 55. Nati on al a nd int ern ation al ope rat or ch arg es wi ll appl y. You should receive a messa ge indicati ng whether the code can be authenti cated. What if your batte ry is not au th entic ? If you cannot conf irm that your Nokia batt ery with the hologra m on the label is an authentic Nok ia battery, ple ase do not use the batt ery. Take it to the n earest auth orized Nokia service poi nt or dealer for assi stance. Th e use of a battery that is not appro ved by th e ma nufa ctur er may be d ange rous an d may resul t in poor p erfo rm ance a nd damage to your d evic e a nd its enhance ments. It may also in validate any appro val or warranty applying to the device. To f ind ou t m ore ab out o rig inal N okia bat teri es, vi sit ww w.n oki a.co m/ba ttery .
118 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Care and mainte nance Your devi ce is a prod uct of su peri or des ign a nd c raftsm ans hip a nd shou ld be tre ated w i th care . The s ugg estio ns be low w ill help you protect yo ur warranty coverage. ⢠Keep the device dry. Precip itation , humidit y and all types of liq uids or moi sture can conta in mineral s that will corro de electro nic circuit s. If your device d oes get wet, remov e the battery and al low the device to dry completely before repl acin g it. ⢠Do not use o r stor e the devi ce in dus ty, di rty ar ea s. Its m ov ing pa rts a nd el ect ronic c omp onent s can b e da maged . ⢠Do not store the devi ce in hot a reas . High t empe ratu res c an sho rten the life of ele ctro nic de vices , da mage batte ries , and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store the d evice in cold area s. When the d evice returns to its normal temperatur e, mois ture can form inside the dev ice and dama ge elec t ron ic c ir cui t board s. ⢠Do not attempt to o pen the device other than as ins tructed in th is guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or sha ke the device . Rough handling can bre ak internal circu it boards and fine mech anics. ⢠Do no t use ha rsh che micals, cl eaning solvents, or strong deterg ents to cl ean th e dev ice. ⢠Do not paint the d evic e. Pa int c an clo g the mo ving pa rts a nd preven t prop er opera tion . ⢠Do not touch the mai n displ ay with hard or ang ular materia ls. Objects like earrin gs or jewell ery may scr atch the dis play. ⢠Use a soft, clea n, dry cloth to clean any le nses (such a s camera, prox imity sens or, and ligh t sensor len ses). ⢠Us e only t he supp lied or an app rove d rep laceme nt an tenn a. Unaut ho rized a nten nas, mo difica tion s, or attachm ent s could dam age the de vice and m ay viol ate regul atio ns g over ning r adi o de vices. ⢠Us e char gers indo ors. ⢠A l w a y s c r e a t e a b a c k u p o f d a t a y o u w a n t t o k e e p ( s u c h a s c o n t a c t s a n d c a l e n d a r n o t e s ) b e f o r e s e n d i n g y o u r d e v i c e t o a service fa cility. All of the a bove sugges tions apply eq ually to your devi ce, battery, ch arger, or any en hancement. I f any device is not working properl y, take it to the near est auth orized ser vice f acility fo r service.
119 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Additio nal safety informa tion Your de vice and its enha ncements may co ntain s mall pa rts. Keep the m out of the re ach of small chi ldren. â Op era ting en vironme nt Rememb er to fo llow any s pecia l regulat ions in fo rce in any area, and always s witch o ff your device when its us e is p rohibi ted or when it ma y cause interf erence or danger. Us e the device on ly in its normal operatin g positio ns. This d evice meets RF exposure guidel ines wh en used either in t he no rmal use position agains t the ear or when p ositi oned at l east 2.2 c entim eters (7/8 i nch) away fro m the bod y. Whe n a c arry case, belt cl ip o r hold er is used for b ody-w orn ope ratio n, i t sho uld no t conta in metal a nd should position the d evice the ab ove-sta ted dist ance from your body. To transmit da ta files or mes sages, this device requires a quality connecti on to the ne twork. In some case s, transmiss ion of data files or messag es may be delaye d until such a connection is available . Ensure that the above separa tion distance instru ctions a re followed until the tr ansmis sion is comple ted. Parts of the devi ce are magnet ic. Metal lic materia ls may be attracted to the device. Do n ot place credit ca rds or other magnet ic stora ge media n ear the device , becau se informa tion sto red on th em may be era sed. â Medi cal de v ices Operati on of any radio transmi tting equipmen t, includin g wireless p hones, may inte rfere with the funct ionality of inade quately prote cted medica l devices . Consult a p hysician or the ma nufactu rer of the medical devi ce to determine if they are adeq uately shiel ded from exte rnal RF energy or if you have any quest ions. Switch off your de vice in health care facilities when any re gulations p osted in th ese areas ins truct yo u to do so. Hospit als or healt h care faci lities may be using equip ment that could be sens itive to ex ternal RF energ y. Pacemakers Pacemaker ma nufactu rers recom mend that a minimum separ ation of 15. 3 cent imeters (6 inches) be main tained betw een a wire less p hone a nd a p acemak er t o av oid poten tial int erfere nce wi th t he pa ce maker . The se re comm end ations are co nsiste nt with t he i ndep ende nt re searc h by and re comm end ati ons of W ire less Te chno logy R ese arc h. Pers ons wi th p acem aker s sho uld do the follo wing: ⢠Always keep the d evice more than 15.3 centimete rs (6 inches) from the p acemaker
120 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . ⢠Not carry the devic e in a breast pocket ⢠Hold t he devi ce to the ear oppo site the pacemaker to minimize the poten tial for i n terfere nce. If you suspec t interferen ce, switch off your de vice, and move th e device away. Hearing aids Some digital wireless devices may interfere with some hearing aids. If interference occurs, con sult your service provider. â Ve hicl es RF signals may affect imp roperl y installe d or inadequa tely shiel d ed electr onic syst ems in mot or vehicles such as electro nic fue l in ject ion s yst em s, el ectr on ic ant isk id ( an tiloc k) braki ng sys tems , e lect roni c sp eed con tro l sy ste ms, a nd air bag syst em s. For more informatio n, check with the ma nufacturer or i ts represen tative of your vehicle or a ny equipment tha t has been adde d. Only qua lified pers onnel should service th e device, or instal l the device in a ve hicle. Fa ulty install ation or serv ice may be dangerous and may invalid ate any warra nty that may apply to the devic e. Check regu larly that all wireles s device equ ipment in you r v ehicle is m ount ed a nd ope rati ng properl y. D o not sto re or car ry flam mab le li quids , gase s, or e xpl osive ma teria ls in the same compartme nt as the device, its parts, or en hancements . For ve hicles eq uipped wi th an air bag , remember that air bags infla te wit h gr eat for ce. Do not pl ac e obje cts, includ ing i nsta lled o r port abl e wir eless equi pment in th e are a over t he ai r bag o r in the a ir bag d epl oyme nt are a. If in- vehicl e wi reles s equ ip men t is i mprop erly ins talled an d the ai r ba g infl ates , ser io us injury co uld result. Using your device while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wirele ss teledevices in an a ircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless t elephone network, and may be ill egal. â P ote ntial ly expl osiv e envir onme nts Switch off yo ur device when in any area wi th a potentiall y explo sive atmos phere and obey all signs and in struct ions. Potent ially explos ive atm osphe res i nclude areas where you wo uld norm ally be advise d to tur n off your v ehicle engine. Spa rks in such areas could cause an explos ion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Switch o ff the device at refue ling poin ts su ch a s near gas p umps at serv ice s tations. Obs erv e res tricti ons on th e use of rad io e quipme nt i n fuel depo ts, s torag e, and d ist ribu tion a reas; che mi cal pl ant s; or w he re bl ast ing op erat ions are i n p rogre ss. A reas wit h a po tenti ally ex plosiv e atmo sph ere a re of ten bu t not alw ays clea rly m arke d. Th ey in clude belo w de ck on b oa ts, che mi cal t ran sfer or st ora ge
121 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . facilit ies, vehicles usi ng liquef ied petro leum gas (s uch as propan e or butan e), and are as where the a ir contain s chemical s or part icles s uch as grain, dus t, or m etal powd ers . â Emer gen c y ca ll s Import ant: Wire less p hon es , in cl udi ng t his devic e, o per ate usi ng r adi o si gnals, wi rel ess net wor ks , la nd lin e netwo rks, and user-p rogramm ed functions . Be cause of t his, c onnections in all c onditio ns canno t be gu arant eed. You should neve r rely sole ly on any wireless device for es sential commu nicatio ns like medical emergencies . To make an emergency call: 1. If the device is not on, switch it on. Ch eck for adequate s ignal strength. Som e netw orks may requi re th at a v al id SI M car d is prope rly ins erte d in the dev ice. 2. Press the en d key as many time s as needed to cle ar the displa y and ready the device fo r calls. 3. Enter the official emergency number for your prese nt location. Emergency nu mbers vary by location. 4. Pres s the call key. If certain features are in us e, you may first need to turn thos e features off before yo u can make an em ergency call. Consult this guid e or your se rvice pro vider for mo re info rmation. When making an emerg ency call, g ive all the neces sary info rmation as accurately as pos sible. Your wireless device may be the only mea ns of communicat ion at th e scene of an accide nt. Do not end the ca ll until given permiss ion to do so. â Certi fica ti on info r mat ion (SAR ) This mob ile device mee ts guidelin es for ex posure to radio waves Your mobi le device is a radio tra nsmitter a nd recei ver. It i s designed not to exc eed the limi ts for exp osure to ra dio waves recom mende d by interna tiona l gui delin es. These gui deline s we re dev elope d by the in depe ndent s cienti fic organi zation ICNI RP and incl ude sa fety ma rgins de signe d to assu re the prote ct ion of all perso ns, reg ard less of ag e and healt h. The expo sure guidel ines fo r mobile devi ces empl oy a unit of measure me nt known a s the Sp ecific Absorp tion Rate or SA R. The SAR li mit state d in the ICNIRP guidel ines is 2 .0 watts/ki lo gram (W/ kg) aver aged ove r 10 grams of tis sue. Tes ts for S AR are conduc ted us ing s tand ard opera ting po sit ions with the de vice t ransm itt ing a t its highest cert ified pow er lev el in all tested frequency ban ds. The actual SAR level of an operatin g device can b e below the maximum val ue because the device is des igned t o us e only the pow er req ui red to re ac h t he net work. Tha t amo unt cha nges d epe ndi ng on a n umbe r of fac t ors suc h
122 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . as how clo se you are to a network base stati o n. Th e highest S AR value under the IC NIRP guid elin es for use o f the device a t the ear is 0.85 W /kg. Use of device a ccessories and enhanc ements may resu lt in different S AR values. SAR va lues may vary dep ending on nationa l report ing and t estin g requ ire ment s and the networ k b and. A dditi onal SA R in format ion may b e pr ovide d unde r p roduc t infor mation at www.nokia.co m.
123 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Index A access codes ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 14 accessor ies. S ee enhanceme nts. active standby ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... . 24, 64 alarm clock ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 90 antenna .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 21 applications collection ........ ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 102 download ........ ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 15 audio messag es ............... ..... ........... ..... ......... 40 B barring passwor d ....... ..... ........... .......... ...... ...14 batte ry authentication .... .......... ...... .......... ...... 116 charging .......... ...... .......... ...... ......... 19, 115 discharging .... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 115 installation ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 17 blacklist .. ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 44 Bluetooth ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ......... 67 bookmarks .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 108 browser appearance set tings .... ...... .......... ...... 109 bookmarks . ..... ........... ..... ........... ........... 108 browsing pages ... .......... ...... .......... ...... 107 cache memory .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 111 certifica tes ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... 112 cookies ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 109 digital signature ...... ........... ...... .......... 112 security .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 109 security module .. ..... ........... ...... .......... 111 set up .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 106 business cards .. ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 58 C cache memory ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 111 calculator ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 92 calendar ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 91 note ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 91 call functions .... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 28 key .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 22 log ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 61 options ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 30 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 72 waiting .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 30 call log ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 61 call register. See call log. callback request ..... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 99 calls answer ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 29
124 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . international .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 28 making of ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...28 reject ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 29 speed dialing ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 28 voice dialing .. ........... ..... ........... ........... ... 28 camera effect s ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 84 filter ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 84 key .... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...23 record a video c lip ....... ........... ..... ......... 84 settings . .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........84 take a photo .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 83 care ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 118 certif icates ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 112 certificat ion information ... ...... .......... ...... 121 character cas e .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 31 charge the bat tery ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...19 charger connec tor ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...22 circuit s witched data .......... ...... .......... ...... 114 clock se ttings ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 65 codes .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 14 configuration ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 75 setting servic e ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...14 settings . .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........20 contact inf ormation ....... ........... ..... ........... ... 16 contacts copy ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 55 delete ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...56 edit ......... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 55 groups ......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 59 my numbers .... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 59 my presence .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 56 save ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 54 search ......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 54 service numbers .. ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 59 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 58 speed dialing ........ ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 59 subscribed names .... ........... ...... .......... .. 57 cookies ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 109 countdown timer ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 93 CSD. See circuit switched data. customer serv ice ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... .. 16 D data communication ... ........... ........... ..... ..... 114 transfer .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 70 data cable ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 72 date settings ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 65 delete messages .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 50 digital signature ......... ........... ..... ........... ..... 112 display ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... 2 2, 24 downloads applications .......... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 15 content ....... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 15 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 110
125 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . E earpiece .. ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... . 22, 23 EGPRS . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...69 EGPRS. See packet data. e-mail application .......... ..... ........... ........... ... 41 setting wizard ..... ..... ........... .......... ...... ...42 emergency calls .... ...... .......... ........... ..... ...... 121 end call .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 28 key .... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...22 enhancements . ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 12, 75 equalizer ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 89 explosive envir onments ................ ..... ...... 120 F factor y settings .... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...78 flash me ssages . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...40 FM radio ....... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...86 G gallery ..... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...80 games . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 102 GPRS ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 69 H handsfree. See loudspe aker. hearing aid ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ......... 75, 120 high-speed c ircuit switched data ... ...... 114 HSCSD. See high-speed circuit switched dat a. I IM. See instant messaging. IMAP4 ....... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 41 indicators . .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 26 info messages ... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 49 infrared connect ion ... ..... ........... ........... ..... .. 69 installation battery ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 17 SIM card ........... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 17 instant messaging . .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 44 Internet IR .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 69 J junk folder ......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 44 K keyguard .. .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 27 keypad ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 22 keypad lock ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 27 keys call key ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 22 end key .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 22 keyguard .... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 27 keypad ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 22 keypad lock ..... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 27 navigation key ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 22 power on/off ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 23 selection keys . ..... ........... ..... ........... 22, 24
126 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . L language settings ........... ..... ........... ........... ... 74 lights ........ ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...75 location infor mation ...... ..... ........... ..... .........61 log ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 61 loudspeaker . ..... ........... ..... ........... .......... . 22, 30 M main display ................ ..... ........... .... 22, 24, 64 maintenance ......... ...... .......... ........... ..... ...... 118 media pla yer ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 84 medical devic es .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 119 memory card .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 81 formatti ng ...... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...81 locking ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 81 memory consumption . ........... ..... ......... 82 memory full ...... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...38 menu ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...33 message folder ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...38 message cent er number ........... .......... ...... ...34 message settings e-mail .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 52 general settings .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ...50 multimedia messages . ........... ..... ......... 51 text me ssages ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 50 messages audio message .... ..... ........... .......... ...... ...40 cancel sending .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 37 delete ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 50 flash message . .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 40 info messages . ..... ........... ..... ........... ....... 49 length indicator .. ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 34 message settings ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 50 postcards .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 39 sending ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 37 service commands ... ...... ........... ..... ....... 49 text ......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 34 voice messa ge ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 49 write text mess age ....... ........... ..... ....... 34 microphone .. ........... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 22 mini display .. ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... ....... 65 MMS. See multimedia messages. multimedia messages create ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 36 read ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 37 reply .. .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 37 send ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 36 write ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 36 music player ..... ...... .......... ........... ...... .......... .. 85 N navigation .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 33 navigation key .. ........... ..... ........... ...... ..... 22, 66 network name on display ....... ...... ........... .......... .. 24 services .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 11 Nokia contact information ...... ...... .......... .. 16
127 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . notes ........ ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...92 calendar ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 91 numbers ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 59 O offline mode ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 27 one-to-one cont act ....... ........... ..... ........... 100 operator menu ...... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...79 organize r ................ ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...90 overview f unctions .... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...13 P pacemakers .. .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 119 packet data .. .......... ...... .......... ........... .... 69, 114 parts .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 22 PC connectiv ity ..... ........... ..... ........... ........... 114 PC Suite .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 114 phone care .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 118 configuration ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 75 keys .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 22 maintenance .. ........... ..... ........... ........... 118 open ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 20 parts . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 22 settings . .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........74 updates ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... . 74, 78 phone lock. See k eypad lock. photo .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...83 PictBridge ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 72 PIN codes .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... . 14, 20 plug and play service ........... ........... ..... ....... 20 POP3 ......... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 41 Pop-Port connect or ........ ...... ........... ..... ....... 22 positioning ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 61 postcards . ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 39 power key .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 23 predictive t ext input ....... ...... ........... ..... ....... 31 presence ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 56 presenter .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 103 print images . ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 80 profiles ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 62 PTT ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 95 add channel ......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 96 call to multiple recipients ...... .......... .. 98 callback request ....... ........... ...... .......... .. 99 channel ....... ...... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 95 channel call .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 97 configuration settings .. ..... ........... ..... 101 invitation ......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 96 login status ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... ....... 97 make call .... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 97 one-to-one cal l ........ ...... ........... ..... ....... 98 one-to-one contact ........... ...... .......... 100 receive call ........... ..... ........... ........... 97, 98 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 100 switch on/off ....... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 97 PUK codes ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 14
128 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . Push to talk see PTT pushed messages . ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 110 R radio ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... .......... ...... ...86 record s ound .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 88 recorder ........ ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 88 repair se rvice ......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...16 ringing tones .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 63 S saf ety additional information .......... ........... 119 certificat ion inform ation . ..... ........... 121 emergency calls .. ..... ........... ..... ........... 121 explosive env ironments .... ..... ........... 120 guidelines .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 9 hearing aid ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 120 medical d evices ....... ........... ..... ........... 119 operating enviro nment ..... .......... ...... 119 pacemaker s .......... .......... ...... .......... ...... 119 SAR ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 121 vehicles . .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... 120 SAR ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 121 screen sav er ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........64 scroll key. See navigation key . scrolling .. ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 33 secu rit y codes ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...14 module ........ ...... .......... ........... ...... .......... 111 settings .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 76 selection keys ... ........... ..... ........... ...... ..... 22, 24 servi c e commands ....... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 49 inbox ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 110 messages .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 110 numbers ..... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 59 servi c es se ttings active standby .......... ........... ...... .......... .. 64 call .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 72 camera ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 84 clock ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 65 configuration ....... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 75 connectivity .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 67 data transfer ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 70 date ... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 65 downloads ....... .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 110 enhancements .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 75 fold animation ..... ........... ........... ..... ....... 64 GPRS, EGPRS ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 69 infrared ....... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 69 IR ............. ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 69 main display .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ....... 64 messages .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 50 mini display .......... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 65 my shortcuts ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 65
129 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . phone .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 74 profiles .. .......... ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 62 PTT .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 100 PTT config uration ......... ...... .......... ...... 101 restore fact ory settings .... .......... ...... ...78 screen save r ... ...... .......... ...... .......... ......... 64 security . .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...76 service inbox .. ........... ........... ..... ........... 110 standby mode ........... ........... ..... ........... ... 64 themes ... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... ......... 62 time .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 65 tones ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 63 USB data cab le ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 72 wallpaper ... ........... .......... ...... .......... ...... ...64 shared memory ..... ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 11 shortcuts ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... .......... . 25, 65 signal strength ...... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........24 SIM card .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 27 card installation ...... ..... ........... ........... ...17 messages ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 35 services ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ...... 105 SMS. See text mes sages software updat es . ........... ..... ........... ...... 74, 78 spam fil ter .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 44 speed dialing .... ........... ..... ........... .......... . 28, 59 standby mode ....... ........... ..... ........... ..... . 24, 65 status indicators .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 24 stereo widening ..... .......... ...... ........... .......... .. 89 stopwatch ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 93 strap .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 21 streaming serv ice .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 84 subscribed names .. .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 57 support ..... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 16 switch on and off .. .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 20 swivel .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 64 synchronisat ion .......... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 70 T take a photo ........... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 83 te xt character case ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 31 message ...... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 34 predictive te xt input .......... ........... ..... .. 31 traditional text input ... ........... .......... .. 32 writing ........ ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 31 text phone .... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 75 themes ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 62 time setting s ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 65 to-do list .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 92 tones ......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 63 traditional text input ..... ...... ........... ..... ....... 32 U unlock keypad .. ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 27 UPIN .......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 20
130 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved . V vehicles ......... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... 120 video clip ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 84 voice commands . ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...67 dialing ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... ........... ... 28 messages ... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 49 recorder ...... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .........88 volume key ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ... 22 W wallpaper ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ......... 64 We b bookmarks ....... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 108 connect .. ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 106 wireless markup language ....... ...... .......... 106 wrist strap .... ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... .......... .. 21 write text . .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ....... 31 X XHTML ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... ..... ..... 106 XpressPrint ... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 80 Z zoom key .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... .. 22